Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Care Facilities / Providence Service Corp.

Providence Service Corp.

prsc · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker prsc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Care Facilities
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Providence Service Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Creating Healthy Communities

ANNUAL REPORT 2013

A COMPASSIONATE CULTURE

A s  a  collective  communit y,   

we are c aring ,  suppor tive,   

and  empathic  in  our  actions .

BEING TRUE TO OUR WORD

Ever y interaction is conducted 

with respect  and integrit y.

We are a national leader  
in the management and 
provision of the highest-quality 
human social services, 
collaborative care services and 
community transportation.

CUSTOMER CENTERED CARE

We listen to and identif y   

customer needs to ensure   

exceptional ser vice  and   

exceed expectations .

INNOVATION AND EVOLUTION

O ur culture encourages   

and rewards the discover y   

and creation of new and   

ef ficient ways to ser ve   

our stakeholders .

EMBRACING AND  

RESPECTING DIVERSITY

We promote principles of   

diversit y in all aspects of   

our business practices .

By 2020 we will enhance 
the quality of life for  
50 million people with 
innovative and efficient 
community based solutions.

D E A R   S T O CK H O L D E R S :

We  have  made  great  strides  over  the  past  year  to  position  Providence 

in home and community based settings. Cash flow generation was out-

for the future. Current healthcare trends, including the Affordable Care 

standing,  with  a  total  of  $55.2  million  in  cash  from  operations  gener-

Act,  increased  Medicaid  enrollment,  the  trend  toward  home  and 

ated during the year. At December 31, 2013, unrestricted cash and cash 

 community based care and the industry-wide focus on the reduction in 

equivalents approached $100 million and our long term obligations were 

healthcare  delivery  costs  mean  significant  opportunities  for  our  com-

reduced to $123.5 million at year end.

pany. During 2013 we refined our mission and our vision to more closely 

align  ourselves  with  these  opportunities  and  further  strengthened  

our  management  team.  We  also  delivered  favorable  financial  results,  

significant  positive  cash  flow  and  enhanced  our  borrowing  capacity  to 

support our company-wide growth initiatives.

C R E AT I N G   H E A LT H Y   CO M M U N I T I E S
Our  newly  refined  mission  of  delivering  exceptional  value  by  creating 

healthy  communities  through  exceptional  people  working  side  by  side 

can  be  seen  in  everything  we  do.  It  is  our  vision  that  by  2020,  we 

enhance  the  quality  of  life  for  50  million  people  with  innovative  and 

efficient community based solutions. As part of this mission and vision 

we are committed to customer centered care, innovation and evolution, 

being  true  to  our  word,  a  compassionate  culture,  embracing  and 

respecting diversity, results and collaboration.

S T R O N G   F I N A N C I A L   F O U N D AT I O N
Continued positive financial results in 2013 resulted in further strength-

ening  of  our  financial  foundation.  While  revenue  rose  modestly  to  

over  $1.1  billion,  net  income  more  than  doubled  to  $19.4  million,  or 

$1.41  per  diluted  share.  Our  NET  Services  segment  had  a  great  year, 

benefitting from prior year start-up efforts, expanded business, negoti-

ated rate adjustments and the exit from some of its less profitable mar-

kets. We currently provide coordination and oversight for the personal 

transportation  needs  of  more  than  17  million  people.  Our  Human 

Services segment saw the roll out of new workforce development and 

foster  care  contracts  as  we  strengthened  our  position  as  the  leader  in 

providing  a  comprehensive  list  of  counseling  and  support  services  

We  further  improved  our  financial  capacity  and  flexibility  in  August  of 

last year when we completed a financial restructuring, refinancing our 

existing  credit  facility  with  an  amended  and  restated  senior  secured 

credit  facility  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $225  million  at  his-

torically low interest rates. In addition to utilizing this added debt capac-

ity  in  conjunction  with  the  May  2014  maturity  of  our  remaining  6.5% 

Convertible  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  we  intend  to  continue  to  pay 

down debt and to further invest in our business and pursue acquisitions 

to strengthen our position in today’s evolving healthcare environment.

NET CASH PROVIDED  
BY OPERATIONS 
($ IN MILLIONS)

CASH POSITION 
($ IN MILLIONS)

LONG-TERM 
OBLIGATIONS 
($ IN MILLIONS)

$60

50

40

30

20

10

0

$
5
5
.
2

$
4
2
.
5

$
3
1
.
0

2011 2012 2013

$100

80

60

40

20

0

$
9
9
.
0

$
5
5
.
9

$
4
3
.
2

2011 2012 2013

$200

150

100

50

0

$
1
5
0
.
5

$
1
3
0
.
0

$
1
2
3
.
5

2011 2012 2013

Providence Service Corporation

COLLABORATION

We leverage our collective 

strengths delivering exceptional 

outcomes and creating paths 

for new oppor tunities .

RESULTS

We hold ourselves accountable 

for measurable outcomes that 

produce positive results . 

We deliver exceptional 
value by creating 
healthy communities 
through exceptional 
people working side  
by side.

E X PA N D I N G   O U R   P R O G R A M S   A N D   C A PA B I L I T I E S
With  debt  at  manageable  levels,  during  the  year  we  successfully 

Human Services, will be heading the Human Services division. We also 

strengthened  our  corporate  finance  group  with  several  experienced  

acquired  two  small  tuck-ins  on  the  Human  Services  side  in  North 

new hires.

Carolina, expanding our programs and capabilities in this market. More 

recently  we  announced  the  acquisition  of  Ingeus,  a  global  leader  in 

work force development. Expected to close in mid-2014, the acquisition 

of  Ingeus  is  a  good  match  for  Providence,  with  strong  management, 

deep  client  relationships  and  a  proven  track  record  of  delivering  high-

quality  services.  It  is  a  business  we  know  and  it  is  also  similar  to  the 

government contracting we do with LogistiCare, just with federal RFPs 

rather  than  state  RFPs.  Ingeus,  with  revenue  of  approximately  $345  

million  and  adjusted  EBITDA  of  $56  million,  complements  our  existing 

businesses, both strategically and culturally, and shares our core values, 

focus on integrity, and commitment to customer-centered care through 

innovation. Financially, with the upfront consideration of approximately 

$58 million representing less than 40% of the total potential acquisition 

cost  and  the  remaining  consideration  tied  to  performance  thresholds, 

we  are  confident  we  have  aligned  incentives  towards  generating  cash 

flow  and  value  for  our  shareholders.  The  deal  is  also  expected  to  be 

accretive to 2014 financial results.

S T R E N G T H E N E D   M A N A G E M E N T   T E A M
The  Ingeus  management  team  will  be  joining  Providence,  and  Ingeus’ 

founder, Thérèse Rein, will continue to lead the company’s operations, 

bringing  extensive  experience  in  global  government  services  to  the 

Providence platform and a proven history of successful delivery.

On the Providence side, we have further strengthened our management 

team  in  2014.  Michael-Bryant  Hicks  recently  joined  the  firm  as  Senior 

Vice  President,  General  Counsel,  Corporate  Secretary  and  Chief 

Compliance  Officer,  bringing  significant  corporate  and  regulatory  

experience  in  the  healthcare  industry.  We  also  hired  Providence’s  first 

Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer, Justina Sanchez-Uzzell. 

Additionally,  Mike  Fidgeon,  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Providence 

A N   E X C I T I N G   F U T U R E
As  we  look  to  the  future,  we  continue  to  work  hard  to  position 

Providence’s  human  services  and  non-emergency  transportation  man-

agement  divisions  as  providers  of  choice  with  respect  to  the  changing 

healthcare  landscape.  Strategically,  we  remain  focused  on  improving 

operating efficiencies, growing organically and inorganically, and estab-

lishing performance driven management systems to further improve our 

margins  and  return  revenue  growth  to  more  historic  levels.  Our  broad 

geographic reach and collective expertise make us an excellent partner 

for  managed  care  organizations  and  others  to  meet  the  anticipated 

growth and needs of high-risk, high-cost Medicaid populations in a cost 

effective  way.  Additionally,  our  consistently  positive  cash  flow,  strong 

cash  position  and  substantial  borrowing  capacity  will  continue  to  

support our company-wide growth initiatives.

I  am  extremely  thankful  for  the  continued  support  of  our  employees, 

our  network  of  subcontracted  transportation  providers  and  our  stock-

holders, and I look forward to welcoming the entire Ingeus organization 

to Providence in the year ahead. Together I believe we will achieve great 

things  as  we  pursue  our  mission  of  creating  healthy  communities  that 

enhance the quality of life for millions of people with our innovative and 

efficient community based solutions.

Sincerely,

Warren S. Rustand
Chief Executive Officer

Annual Report 2013

2013 Form 10-K 
Providence Service Corporation

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549 

 (Mark One)   

FORM 10-K  

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013  

OR  

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from              to               
Commission file number 001-34221  

The Providence Service Corporation 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

86-0845127 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

64 East Broadway Blvd., 
Tucson, Arizona 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

85701 
(Zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code  
(520) 747-6600  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ☐ Yes    ☒ No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  ☐ Yes    ☒ No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the 
past 90 days.  ☒ Yes    ☐ No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to 
be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files).  ☒ Yes    ☐ No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the 

definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   

    Large accelerated filer 
    Non-accelerated filer 

   ☐ 
   ☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

 Accelerated filer 
 Smaller reporting company 

 ☒
 ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  ☐ Yes    ☒ No   

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity of the registrant held by non-affiliates based on the closing price for such common 
equity as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2013) 
was $317.2 million.   

As of March 11, 2014, there were outstanding 13,556,906 shares (excluding treasury shares of 959,803 of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per 

share, which is the only outstanding capital stock of the registrant. 

All or a portion of items 10 through 14 in Part III of this Form 10-K are incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 
2014 stockholder meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in an amendment to this 
Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

 
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Item 1. 

PART I
   Business ..................................................................................................................................................  

1 

  Page No. 

Item 1A.    Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................  

12 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments ...................................................................................................................  

25 

Item 2. 

   Properties ................................................................................................................................................  

25 

Item 3. 

   Legal Proceedings ...................................................................................................................................  

25 

Item 4. 

   Mine Safety Disclosures .........................................................................................................................  

25 

PART II

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ................................................................................................................................  

26 

Item 6. 

   Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................................................  

28 

Item 7. 

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................  

30 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................  

56 

Item 8. 

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .......................................................................................  

57 

Item 9. 

   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................  

95 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures .........................................................................................................................  

95 

Item 9B.    Other Information ...................................................................................................................................  

96 

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ......................................................................  

96 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................................  

96 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters ...............................................................................................................................................  

96 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ........................................  

96 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services .................................................................................................  

96 

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................  

96 

EXHIBIT INDEX .....................................................................................................................................................  

98 

SIGNATURES ..........................................................................................................................................................   101 

i 

  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
This page intentionally left blank

Item 1. 

Business.  

Background  

PART I  

The  Providence  Service  Corporation  (“Providence”,  the  “Company”,  “we”,  or  “us”)  provides  and  manages 
government sponsored human services and non-emergency transportation services. With respect to our human services, our 
counselors, social workers and behavioral health professionals work with clients who are eligible for government assistance 
due to income level, emotional/educational disabilities or court order. The state and local government agencies that fund 
the human services we provide are required by law to provide counseling, case management, foster care and other support 
services  to  eligible  individuals  and  families.  We  provide  human  services  primarily  in  the  client’s  home  or  community, 
reducing the cost to the government of such services while affording the client a better quality of life. With respect to our 
non-emergency transportation services, we manage transportation networks and arrange for client transportation to health 
care  related  facilities  and  services  for  state  or  regional  Medicaid  agencies,  managed  care  organizations  (“MCOs”)  and 
commercial insurers.  

Our  human  services  revenue  is  derived  from  our  provider  contracts  with  state  and  local  government  agencies  and 
government  intermediaries,  HMOs,  and  commercial  insurers,  and  our  management  contracts  with  not-for-profit  social 
services organizations. The government entities that pay for our human services include welfare, child welfare and justice 
departments, public schools and state Medicaid programs. We are paid on a fee-for-service basis for the  majority of our 
human services provider contracts. For the remainder of our human services provider contracts, we are paid on a fixed-fee 
or a cost reimbursement, plus allowable margins, basis to provide agreed upon services. For contracts where we provide 
operations  management  services  of  not-for-profit  social  services  organizations,  we  receive  management  fees  based  on  a 
percentage of revenues of the managed entity, or a fixed fee.  

We  contract  with  either  state  or  regional  Medicaid  agencies,  local  governments,  or  private  managed  care 
organizations to provide management services for non-emergency transportation. Most of our contracts for non-emergency 
transportation management services are capitated, where our compensation is based on a per member per month payment 
for  each  eligible  member.  For  the  majority  of  our  contracts  we  do  not  direct  bill  our  payers  for  non-emergency 
transportation services, as our revenue is based on covered lives.  

The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation in 1996. At that time, most government human services were 
delivered  directly  by  governments  in  institutional  settings  such  as  psychiatric  hospitals,  residential  treatment  centers  or 
group homes. We recognized that the human services we provide could be delivered more economically and effectively in a 
home  or  community  based  setting,  rather  than  an  institutional  setting.  Additionally,  we  anticipated  that  payers  would 
increasingly  seek  to  privatize  the  provision  of  these  human  services  in  order  to  reduce  costs  and  provide  quality  human 
services to an increasing number of recipients. Based on this outlook, we developed a system for delivering these services 
that is less costly and, we believe, more effective than the traditional human services delivery system.  

We  have  made,  and  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  making,  strategic  acquisitions  as  part  of  our  growth  strategy. 
During our first year of operations, we acquired Parents and Children Together, Inc. (now known as Providence of Arizona, 
Inc.) and Family Preservation Services, Inc., which provided the foundation upon which our business was built. From 2002 
to 2008 we completed 22 acquisitions which we believe broadened our home based and foster care platform, expanded our 
reach into many new states, enhanced our workforce development services and presented opportunities for us to offer home 
and  community  based  and  foster  care  services  in  Canada.  We  expanded  our  continuum  of  services  to  include  the 
management  of  non-emergency  transportation  services  in  2007  with  the  acquisition  of  LogistiCare  Solutions,  LLC.  On 
June 1,  2011,  we  acquired  all  of  the  equity  interest  of  The  ReDCo  Group,  Inc.,  (“ReDCo”).  ReDCo  is  a  Pennsylvania 
corporation  that  provides  home  and  community  based  services.  During  2012  and  2013  we  completed  a  few  small 
acquisitions expanding our presence in North Carolina for home and community based services. In 2014 and future years, 
we  intend  to  continue  to  review  opportunities  to  acquire  other  businesses  that  would  complement  our  current  services, 
expand our markets or otherwise offer prospects for growth. 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Since our inception, we have grown from 1,333 human service clients served to 56,320 human service clients as of 
December 31, 2013. Additionally, individuals eligible to receive services under our non-emergency transportation services 
contracts have grown from approximately 7.2 million as of December 31, 2007 to 15.8 million as of December 31, 2013. 
We operate  from  an  aggregate  of  approximately  382  locations  in 43  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  3  provinces  in 
Canada as of December 31, 2013.  

Historically, we have relied exclusively on decentralized field offices to drive growth initiatives and independently 
manage  business  development  activities. This  approach  has  served  us  well  by  supporting  steady  and  consistent  organic 
growth  at  a  local  level. As  our  industry  continues  to  rapidly  change,  we  see  an  opportunity  to  coordinate  our  efforts 
globally  to  pursue  potential  acquisitive  and  organic  growth  in  our  businesses  by  focusing  on  improving  operating 
efficiencies  and  developing performance  management  systems designed  to  enhance and  leverage  our  core  competencies. 
Some  of  our  core  competencies  include  our  enduring  customer  relationships,  geographic  reach,  breadth  of  services  and 
experience,  management  of  populations  that  consist  primarily  of  covered  lives  and  provider  networks,  contract  bidding 
infrastructure, managed care contracting experience and technology platform development. By enhancing and leveraging 
our  core  competencies,  we  believe  we  can  benefit  from  emerging  trends  in  healthcare  such  as  healthcare  reform  and 
integrated healthcare,  which  includes providing services  to  individuals who  are  eligible  for both  Medicaid  and  Medicare 
benefits.  Further,  by  managing  more  populations  eligible  to  receive  our  services,  and  outsourcing  transportation 
management, we believe we can reduce the cost of care.  

Financial information about our segments  

We operate in two segments, Human Services (formerly known as the Social Services segment) and Non-Emergency 
Transportation Services (“NET Services”). During the third quarter of 2013, we changed the name of the Social Services 
segment to Human Services to better describe the broad spectrum of services it provides and to reflect the future strategy of 
the business. Financial information about segments and geographic areas, including revenues, net income and long-lived 
assets of each segment and from domestic and foreign operations for the Company as a whole is included in Note 8 of our 
consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report and is incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, 
see Item 1A, Risk Factors, for a discussion of risks related to our foreign operations.  

Business description 

NET Services  

Services offered. We are the preferred provider of non-emergency transportation management servicing clients under 
83  contracts  in  40  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  We  provide  responsive  and  innovative  solutions  for  a  healthcare 
recipient’s  covered  transportation  requirements  through  centralized  call  processing,  development  and  management  of 
transportation networks through the use of proprietary technologies. Our current payers include state Medicaid programs, 
local government agencies, hospital systems and MCOs providing Medicare, Medicaid and commercial products. For 2013, 
2012 and 2011, our NET services accounted for 68.6%, 67.9% and 61.7%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue.  

We provide services to a wide variety of people with varying needs. Our clients are primarily state Medicaid agencies 
and managed care organizations. Non-emergency transportation services are provided to eligible members, as defined by 
our clients, most of whom may include individuals with limited mobility, people with limited means of transportation and 
people with disabilities that prevent them from using conventional methods of transportation. The majority of our programs 
provide  non-emergency  transportation  services  to  Medicaid  members.  Utilization  rates  and  vehicle  requirements  differ 
depending on the individual’s condition, the location of the individual relative to the final destination, and other available 
transportation systems. We also provide transportation services to school children, including special needs students who are 
physically fragile, or mentally ill children who cannot commute to school via traditional mainstream transportation, or need 
to be taken out of school for therapy.  

2 

  
   
  
   
   
  
  
    
 
 
As  a  transportation  logistics  manager,  we  match  transportation  services  with  the  recipient’s  needs.  We  employ  a 
proprietary  information  technology  platform  and  operational  processes  to  manage  the  transportation  services  through  a 
contracted  network  of  transportation  providers.  As  such,  we  typically  do  not  provide  direct  transportation  to  end  users. 
Rather, to fulfill requests under our contracts, we contract with local transportation providers, such as operators of multi-
passenger  and  wheelchair  equipped  vans,  taxi  companies  and  ambulance  companies.  We  receive  transportation  requests 
from  members  or  their  representatives,  such  as  social  workers,  and  arrange  for  the  least  costly  and  most  effective 
transportation. We process transportation requests at one of our 20 regional reservation centers and assign appropriate local 
transportation  providers.  These  decisions  are  aided  by  our  proprietary  logistics  software.  After  we  assign  an  appropriate 
transportation provider to the member we carefully monitor the transportation service provided to ensure that the transport 
was completed before we pay the transportation vendor. We do not normally pay for services if the member does not show 
up  for  transport,  or  if  the  transport  is  not  completed.  A  majority  of  the  requests  for  transportation  are  standing  orders, 
mostly  for  patients  who  require  frequent,  recurring  services  such  as  dialysis  treatment.  Most  transportation  requests  are 
required to be scheduled with 48 to 72 hour advance notice, with a small number of requests scheduled on the same day, 
such as with hospital discharges.  

We contract with larger transportation companies as well as a number of diverse, small, local companies in order to 
provide superior coverage in both urban and rural areas. As part of this comprehensive provider network management we 
provide  access  to  third  party  screening  and  credentialing  of  drivers  and  transportation  companies,  provide  program  rule 
orientation, and monitor performance on an ongoing basis through field audits, performance reporting and other reviews. 
We  use  multiple  transportation  providers  in  each  state,  with  an  average  provider  fleet  size  of  less  than  10  vehicles.  To 
ensure compliance and safety quality standards for all transportation providers, we perform a credentialing process for all 
of  our  network  transportation  providers  who  must  meet  minimum  standards  set  by  us  and  our  payers.  These  standards 
include: (i) successful completion of criminal and driving record checks; (ii) required drug testing; (iii) required driver and 
program training on such things as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, defensive 
driving, patient sensitivity, cultural diversity and first aid; (iv) both scheduled and random inspections of provider owned 
and/or  leased  vehicles  and  communication  systems;  and  (v) insurance  coverage  that  complies  with  contractual  statutory 
requirements.  Our  contracts  with  transportation  providers  are  on  a  per  completed  trip  basis  and  do  not  contain  volume 
guarantees. They can be cancelled without cause with 60 days’ notice.  

Revenue and payers. We contract primarily with state and local government entities and managed care organizations. 
Approximately  78.9%  of  our  non-emergency  transportation  services  revenue  in  2013  was  generated  under  capitated 
contracts where we assume the responsibility of meeting the covered transportation requirements of a specific geographic 
population. These contracts are generally structured with per member, per month rates based on a defined scope of work 
and population to be served. Typical state payer contracts are for three to five years with renewal options and range in size 
from  approximately  $2  million  to  $118  million  annually.  Approximately  6.8%  of  our  non-emergency  transportation 
services revenue is derived from fee-for-service contracts and approximately 9.6% is derived from flat fee contracts.  

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from a  few payers. We derived approximately 15.3%, 15.2% and 
17.9% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue from our contract with the State of New Jersey for the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Additionally, we derived approximately 9.2%, 9.6% and 12.7% of 
our non-emergency transportation services revenue from our contract with the State of Virginia’s Department of Medical 
Assistance Services for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our next three largest payers in 
the aggregate comprised approximately 19.2%, 18.4% and 18.6% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue for 
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Our  contracted  per  member,  per  month  fee  is  predicated  on  actual  historical  transportation  data  for  a  defined 
population and geographical region, future assumptions on key cost and program drivers, actuarial analysis performed in-
house  as  well  as  by  third  party  actuarial  firms  and  actuarial  analysis  provided  by  our  payers.  Our  contract  pricing  is 
regularly  reevaluated  and  may  be  reset  based  on  actual  experience  under  the  contract,  with  adjustments  for  membership 
fluctuations  and  inflation  factors  such  as  cost  of  labor,  fuel,  insurance  and  utilization  increases  and  decreases  stemming 
from program re-designs.  

Seasonality. The  quarterly  operating  income  and  cash  flows  of  our  NET  Services  segment  normally  fluctuate  as  a 
result  of  seasonal  variations  in  the  business,  principally  due  to  lower  client  demand  for  non-emergency  transportation 
services during the holiday and winter seasons. Due to the fixed revenue stream and variable expense base structure of our 
NET Services operating segment, expenses vary with these changes and, as a result, such expenses fluctuate on a quarterly 
basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating income and cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand 
for non-emergency transportation services.  

3 

  
  
  
  
  
    
Competition. We compete with a variety of organizations that provide similar non-emergency transportation services 
to  Medicaid  eligible  beneficiaries  in  local  markets  such  as  American  Medical  Response,  Coordinated  Transportation 
Solutions,  Inc.,  First  Transit,  Inc.,  Medical  Transportation  Management  Inc.,  MV  Transportation,  Inc.,  and  Southeast 
Trans., as well as a host of local/regional transportation providers. Most local competitors may seek to win contracts for 
specific counties or small geographic territories whereas we and the larger competitors listed above seek to win contracts 
for an entire state or large regional area. Historically, we have been successful in competitively bidding our non-emergency 
transportation management services for state-wide or other large Medicaid population programs, as well as specialized non-
emergency transportation benefits often offered to populations covered by managed care organizations. We compete based 
on our technical expertise and experience, which is delivered in a high service, competitive price environment, although we 
are not necessarily the lowest priced management service provider in many instances. We have experienced, and expect to 
continue to experience, competition from new entrants into our markets that may be willing to provide services at a lower 
cost.  Regardless  of  how  well  we  perform  under  our  contracts  (based  on  service  or  cost),  we  face  competitive  rebid 
situations  from  time  to  time.  Increased  competitive  pressure  could  result  in  pricing  pressures,  loss  of  or  failure  to  gain 
market share or loss of payers, any of which could harm our business.  

Business development. With respect to our non-emergency transportation services sales and marketing strategy, we 
focus on providing information to key legislators and agency officials. We pursue potential opportunities through various 
methods  including  engaging  lobbyists  to  assist  in  tracking  legislation  and  funding  that  may  impact  non-emergency 
transportation programs, and monitoring state websites for upcoming requests for proposals. In addition, we generate new 
business  leads  through  trade  shows  and  conferences,  referrals,  the  Internet  and  direct  marketing.  The  sales  cycle  usually 
takes between 6 to 24 months and there are various decision makers who provide input into the decision to outsource. By 
providing  valuable  information  to  key  legislators  and  agency  officials  and  creating  a  strong  presence  in  the  regions  we 
serve,  we  are  able  to  solidify  the  chance  of  renewal  when  contract  terms  expire.  Additional  payers  are  targeted  within 
existing  states  in  order  to  leverage  pre-existing  provider  networks,  technology,  office  and  human  resources  investments. 
Furthermore,  we  target  key  commercial  accounts  which  we  define  as  accounts  that  are  growing  and  located  in  multiple 
geographic areas.  

In many of the states where we have regional contracts, we seek to expand to include additional regions in these states 
and in contiguous states. All decisions about which RFPs to consider are centralized and selectively targeted based on our 
goals  and  service  capabilities.  Medicaid  non-emergency  transportation  contracts  with  state  agencies  and  larger  Medicaid 
MCOs represent the largest source of our non-emergency transportation revenue.  

Human Services  

Services  offered. We  provide  home  and  community  based  services,  foster  care  and  provider  management  services, 

directly and through entities we manage. The following describes such services:  

Home and community based counseling  

•  Home based and intensive home based counseling. Our home based counselors are trained professionals or para-
professionals providing counseling services in the client’s own home. These services average five hours per client
per  week  and  can  include  individual,  group  or  family  sessions.  Topics  are  prescriptive  to  each  client  and  can 
include  family  dynamics,  peer  relationships,  anger  management,  substance  abuse  prevention,  conflict  resolution
and parent effectiveness training.  

We also provide intensive home based counseling, which consists of up to 20 or more hours per client per week.
Our  intensive  home  based  counselors  are  masters  or  Ph.D.  level  professional  therapists  or  counselors.  Intensive
home  based  counseling  is  designed  for  clients  struggling  to  cope  with  everyday  situations.  Our  counselors  are
qualified  to  assist  with  marital  and  family  issues,  depression,  drug  or  alcohol  abuse,  domestic  violence,
hyperactivity, criminal or anti-social behavior, sexual misbehavior, school expulsion or chronic truancy and other 
disruptive behaviors. In the absence of this type of counseling, many of these clients would be considered for 24-
hour institutional care or incarceration.  

• 

Substance  abuse  treatment  services. Our  substance  abuse  treatment  counselors  provide  services  in  the  office,
home and counseling centers designed especially for clients with drug or alcohol abuse problems. Our counselors
use peer contacts, treatment group process and a commitment to sobriety as treatment methods. Our professional 
counseling, peer counseling and group and family sessions are designed to introduce clients dependent upon drugs
or alcohol to a sober lifestyle.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
• 

School  support  services. Our  professional  counselors  are assigned  to  and  stationed  in public  schools  to  assist  in 
dealing  with  problematic  and  at-risk  students.  Our  counselors  provide  support  services  such  as  teacher  training,
individual  and  group  counseling,  logical  consequence  training,  anger  management  training,  gang  awareness  and 
drug and alcohol abuse prevention techniques. In addition, we provide in-home educational tutoring in numerous 
markets where we contract with individual school districts to assist students who need assistance in learning.  

•  Correctional services. We provide private probation supervision services, including monitoring and supervision of
those sentenced to probation, rehabilitative services, and collection and disbursement of court-ordered fines, fees 
and restitution.  

•  Workforce  development. We  assist  individuals  in  obtaining  and  retaining  meaningful  employment  through

services that include vocational evaluation, job placement, skills training, and employment support.  

For  2013,  2012  and  2011,  our  home  and  community  based  services  represented  approximately  27.2%,  28.0%  and 

33.4%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue.  

Foster care  

•  Foster care. We recruit and train foster parents and license family foster homes to provide 24-hour care to children 
who  have  been  removed  from  their  homes  due  to  physical  or  emotional  abuse,  abandonment,  or  the  lack  of
appropriate living situations. We place individual children, and sometimes sibling groups, in a licensed home. Each
child  is  provided  24-hour  care  and  supervision  by  trained  foster  parents.  Our  professional  staff  and  counselors
match and supervise the child and foster family. We also provide tutoring and other services to the child and foster 
family.  

• 

Therapeutic foster care. We provide therapeutic foster care services. This is a 24-hour care service designed for
children  exhibiting  serious  emotional  problems  who  may  otherwise  require  institutional  treatment.  We  recruit, 
license and train professional foster parents to care for foster children for up to a year of therapeutic intervention.
Social,  psychological  and  psychiatric  services  are  provided  on  a  prescriptive  basis  to  each  child  and  therapeutic
foster care family by a team of licensed, professional staff.  

Not-for-profit managed services  

•  Administrative support, information technology, accounting and payroll services. In most cases we provide and 
manage the back office and administrative functions such as accounting, cash management, billing and collections,
human resources and quality management.  

• 

Intake,  assessment  and  referral  services. We  contract  on  behalf  of  our  managed  entities  with  governments  to
receive and handle telephone inquiries regarding need and eligibility for government sponsored human services, to
arrange for face-to-face interviews and to conduct benefit eligibility reviews.  

•  Monitoring  services. Monitoring  services  include  face-to-face  and  telephone  interactions  in  which  we  provide 

guidance and assistance to clients.  

•  Case  management. In  providing  case  management  services,  we  supervise  all  aspects  of  an  eligible  client’s  case

and assure that the client receives the appropriate care, treatment and resources.  

Revenue  and  payers. Substantially  all  of  our  revenue  related  to  our  Human  Services  operating  segment  is  derived 
from  contracts  with  state  or  local  government  agencies,  government  intermediaries  or  the  not-for-profit  social  services 
organizations we manage.  

Fee-for-service contracts 

The majority of our contracts are negotiated fee-for-service arrangements with payers. Home and community based 
services  are  generally  payable  by  the  hour  depending  on  the  type  and  intensity  of  the  service.  Foster  care  services  are 
generally  payable  pursuant  to  a  fixed  monthly  fee.  Approximately  72.0%,  72.5%  and  71.1%  of  our  Human  Services 
operating  segment  revenue  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  was  related  to  fee-for-service 
arrangements. A significant number of our fee-for-service contracts allow the payer to terminate the contract immediately 
for cause, such as for our failure to meet our contract obligations. Additionally, these contracts typically permit the payer to 
5 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
terminate the contract at any time prior to its stated expiration date without cause, at will and without penalty to the payer, 
either  upon  the  expiration  of  a  short  notice  period,  typically  30  days,  or  immediately,  in  the  event  federal  or  state 
appropriations supporting the programs serviced by the contract are reduced or eliminated.  

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from a few payers. Under our contract with the State of Virginia’s 
Department of Medical Assistance Services, we derived approximately 11.1%, 10.1% and 11.5% of our Human Services 
segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Cost-based service contracts 

Revenues  from  our  cost-based  service  contracts  are  generally  recorded  based  on  a  combination  of  direct  costs, 
indirect  overhead  allocations,  and  stated  contractual  margins  on  those  incurred  costs.  These  revenues  are  compared  to 
annual  contract  budget  limits  and,  depending  on  reporting  requirements,  allowances  may  be  recorded  for  certain 
contingencies  such  as  projected  costs  not  incurred,  excess  cost  per  service  over  the  allowable  contract  rate  and/or 
insufficient encounters. This results in revenue from these contracts being recorded based on allowable costs incurred. The 
annual contract amount is based on projected costs to provide services under the contracts with adjustments for changes in 
the total contract amount. Annually, we submit projected costs for the coming year which assist the contracting payers in 
establishing the annual contract amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After the contracting payers’ 
fiscal year end, we submit cost reports which are used by the contracting payers to determine the amount, if any, by which 
funds paid to us for services provided under the contracts were greater than the allowable costs to provide these services. 
Completion of this review process may range from one month to several years from the date we submit the cost report. In 
cases where funds paid to us exceed the allowable costs to provide services under contract, we may be required to pay back 
the excess funds.  

Our  cost  reports  are  routinely  audited  by  our  contracted  payers  on  an  annual  basis.  We  periodically  review  our 
provisional  billing  rates  and  allocation  of  costs  and  provide  for  estimated  adjustments  from  the  contracting  payers.  We 
believe that adequate provisions have been made in our consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that might 
result from the outcome of any cost report audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts 
are  recorded  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  income  in  the year  of  settlement.  Cost-based  service  contracts  represented 
approximately  20.3%,  18.6%  and  19.3%  of  our  Human  Services  operating  segment  revenue  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

Block purchase (capitated) contract 

We also provide certain services under an annual block purchase contract. We are required to provide or arrange for 
the  behavioral  health  services  to  eligible  populations  of  beneficiaries  as  defined  in  the  contract.  We  must  provide  a 
complete range of behavioral health services, including clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative. We are 
obligated to provide services only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. There is no contractual limit to 
the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to us, or a limit to the level of services that must be provided to 
these beneficiaries if the services are deemed to be medically necessary. Therefore, we are at-risk if the costs of providing 
necessary  services  exceed  the  associated  reimbursement  under  the  contractual  arrangement.  The  terms  of  the  contract 
typically are reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of our service offerings under 
the contract; however, no assurances can be made that such funding will adequately cover the costs of services previously 
provided. The annual block purchase contract represented 5.4%, 5.4% and 6.1% of our Human Services operating segment 
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Seasonality. Our  quarterly  operating  results  and  operating  cash  flows  normally  fluctuate  as  a  result  of  seasonal 
variations in our Human Services operating segment, principally due to lower client demand for our home and community 
based services during the holiday and summer seasons. As our business has grown, our exposure to seasonal variations has 
also grown, and will continue to grow, particularly with respect to our school based, educational and tutoring services. We 
experience  lower  home  and  community  based  services  revenue  when  school  is  not  in  session.  Our  operating  expenses, 
however, which are comprised largely of payroll and related costs, do not vary significantly with these changes. As a result, 
our Human Services operating segment experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. We 
expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to continue as a result of the seasonal demand for 
our home and community based services.  

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Competition. The human services industry is a highly fragmented industry. We compete for clients with a variety of 
organizations  that  offer  similar  services.  Most  of  our  competition  consists  of  local  human  services  organizations  that 
compete  with  us  for  local  contracts,  such  as  agencies  supported  by  the  United  Way,  and  faith-based  agencies  such  as 
Catholic Social Services, Jewish Family and Children’s Services and the Salvation Army. Other competitors include local 
not-for-profit  organizations  and  community  based  organizations.  Historically,  these  types  of  organizations  have  been 
favored in our industry as incumbent providers of services to government entities. On a national level, there are very few 
organizations that compete for local, county and state contracts to provide the types of services we offer. We also compete 
with  larger  companies,  such  as  Res-Care,  Inc.,  which  provides  support  services,  training  and  educational  programs 
predominantly  to  Medicaid  eligible  beneficiaries.  National  Mentor,  Inc.  is  the  country’s  largest  provider  of  foster  care 
services and competes with us in certain markets for foster care services. Many institutional providers offer some type of 
community based care including such organizations as The GEO Group, Inc. and The Devereaux Foundation. While we 
believe  that  we  compete  on  the  basis  of  price  and  quality,  many  of  our  competitors  have  greater  financial,  technical, 
political  and  marketing  resources,  name  recognition,  and  a  larger  number  of  clients  and  payers  than  we  do.  In  addition, 
some of these organizations offer more services than we do. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, 
competition from new entrants into our markets. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to 
gain market share or loss of clients or payers, any of which could harm our business.  

Business development. Substantially all of our marketing is performed at the local and regional level. Through our 
local and regional managers, we have successfully developed and maintained extensive relationships with various payers. 
These relationships allow us to develop leads on new business, cross-sell our other services to existing payers and negotiate 
payer contracts. A significant portion of our business is procured in this manner. We also seek to market our services to 
payers in geographical areas contiguous to existing markets and in which we believe our reputation as a low cost quality 
service provider will enhance our ability to compete for and win business. From time to time we respond to requests for 
proposals, or RFPs. Additionally, we subscribe to a service that keeps us informed of and tracks on a national basis RFPs 
for  privatization  of  human  services.  We  selectively  choose  the  RFPs  to  which  we  respond  based  upon  whether  our 
reputation enhances our ability to compete or if the RFP presents a unique opportunity to develop a new service offering.  

Employees  

As  of  December 31,  2013,  we  conducted  our  operations  with  approximately  8,500  clinical,  client  service 

representatives and administrative personnel.  

We believe that our employee relations are good because we offer competitive compensation, including stock-based 
compensation  to  key  employees,  training,  education  assistance  and  career  advancement  opportunities.  By  offering 
competitive  compensation  and  benefit  packages  to  our  employees,  we  believe  we  are  able  to  consistently  deliver  high 
quality service, recruit qualified candidates and increase employee confidence, satisfaction and retention.  

Regulatory environment  

Overview. As a provider of human services, we are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. 
These laws and regulations significantly affect the way in which we operate various aspects of our business. We must also 
comply  with  state  and  local  licensing  requirements  and  requirements  for  participation  in  Medicaid,  federal  block  grant 
requirements, requirements of various state Children’s Health Insurance Programs, (“CHIP”), and contractual requirements 
imposed upon us by the state and local agencies with which we contract for such health care and human services. CHIP is a 
federal program providing benefits administered by states that submit plans for health benefits for children whose parents 
meet certain financial needs tests. Failure to follow the rules and requirements of these programs can significantly affect 
our ability to be paid for the services we provide.  

In addition, our revenue is largely derived from contracts that are directly or indirectly paid or funded by government 
agencies, including Medicaid. A significant decline in expenditures, or shift of expenditures or funding, could cause payers 
to reduce their expenditures under those contracts or not renew such contracts, either of which could have a negative impact 
on  our  future  operating  results.  As  funding  for  our  contracts  is  dependent  in  part  upon  federal  funding,  such  funding 
changes could have a significant effect on our business.  

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
The  healthcare  industry  is  highly  regulated  and  the  federal  and  state  laws  that  affect  our  business  are  significant. 
Federal law and regulations are based primarily upon the Medicare and Medicaid programs, each of which is financed, at 
least  in  part,  with  federal  money.  State  jurisdiction  is  based  upon  a  state’s  authority  to  license  certain  categories  of 
healthcare professionals and providers and the state’s interest in regulating the quality of healthcare in the state, regardless 
of the source of payment. The significant areas of federal and state regulatory laws that may affect our business, include, 
but are not limited to the following: 

●  false and other improper claims; 
●  HIPAA  and  its  privacy,  security,  breach  notification  and  enforcement  and  code  set  regulations,  along  with
evolving  state  laws  protecting  patient  privacy  and  requiring  notifications  of  unauthorized  access  to,  or  use  of,
patient medical information; 
●  civil monetary penalties law;  
●  anti-kickback laws;  
●  the Stark Law and other self-referral and financial inducement laws; 
●  state licensure laws.  

A violation of any laws could result in civil and criminal penalties, the refund of monies paid by government and/or 
private  payers,  our  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  healthcare  payer  programs,  and/or  the  loss  of  our  license  to 
conduct  business  within  a  particular  state’s  boundaries.  Although  we  believe  that  we  are  able  to  maintain  material 
compliance  with  all  applicable  laws,  these laws  are  complex  and  a review of  our practices  by  a  court,  or  applicable  law 
enforcement or regulatory authority, could result in an adverse determination that could harm our business. Furthermore, 
the laws applicable to our business are subject to change, interpretation and amendment, which could adversely affect our 
ability to conduct its business.  

Federal  Law.  Federal  healthcare  laws  apply  in  any  case  in  which  we  are  providing  an  item  or  service  that  is 
reimbursable by a federal healthcare payer program. The principal federal laws that affect our business include those that 
prohibit  the  filing  of  false  or  improper  claims  with  federal  healthcare  payer  programs  and  those  that  prohibit  unlawful 
inducements for the referral of business reimbursable under federal healthcare payer programs.  

False and Other Improper Claims. Under the federal False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729-3733) and similar state 
laws, the government may impose civil liability on us if we knowingly submit, or participate in submitting, any claims for 
payment  to  the  federal  or  state  government  that  are  false  or  fraudulent,  or  that  contain  false  or  misleading  information. 
Liability can be incurred not only for submitting false claims with actual knowledge, but also for doing so with reckless 
disregard or deliberate ignorance. In addition, knowingly making or using a false record or statement to receive payment 
from the federal government is also a violation. Recent amendments to the False Claims Act expand liability by eliminating 
any requirement that a false claim be submitted, or a false record or statement be made, directly to the government. The 
amendments  also  create  new  liability  for  “knowingly  and  improperly  avoiding  or  decreasing  an  obligation  to  pay  or 
transmit money or property to the government.” Consequently, a provider need not take an affirmative action to conceal or 
avoid  an  obligation  to  the  government,  but  the  mere  retention  of  an  overpayment  from  the  government  could  lead  to 
potential liability under the False Claims Act. 

If we are ever found to have violated the False Claims Act, we could be required to make significant payments to the 
government (including damages and penalties in addition to the return of reimbursements previously collected) and could 
be  excluded  from  participating  in  federal  healthcare  programs.  Many  states  also  have  similar  false  claims  statutes.  In 
addition,  healthcare  fraud  is  a  priority  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  Office  of  Inspector  General  and  the  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation  and  state  Attorneys  General.  These  agencies  have  devoted  a  significant  amount  of  resources  to 
investigating healthcare fraud. 

While  the  criminal  statutes  generally  are  reserved  for  instances  evidencing  fraudulent  intent,  the  civil  and 
administrative  penalty  statutes  are  being  applied  by  the  federal  government  in  an  increasingly  broad  range  of 
circumstances. Examples of the types of activities giving rise to liability for filing false claims include billing for services 
not  rendered,  misrepresenting  services  rendered  (i.e.,  mis-coding)  and  applications  for  duplicate  reimbursement. 
Additionally, the federal government takes the position that a pattern of claiming reimbursement for unnecessary services 
violates these statutes if the claimant should have known that the services were unnecessary. The federal government also 
takes  the  position  that  claiming  reimbursement  for  services  that  are  substandard  is  a  violation  of  these  statutes  if  the 
claimant should have known that the care was substandard. Criminal penalties also are available in the case of claims filed 
with private insurers if the federal government shows that the claims constitute mail fraud or wire fraud or violate any of 
the federal criminal healthcare fraud statutes. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
State Medicaid agencies and state Attorneys General also have authority to seek criminal or civil sanctions for fraud 
and abuse violations. In addition, private insurers may bring actions under state false claim laws. In certain circumstances, 
federal and state laws authorize private whistleblowers to bring false claim or “qui tam” suits on behalf of the government 
against providers and reward the whistleblower with a portion of any final recovery. In addition, the federal government 
has  engaged  a  number  of  private  audit  organizations  to  assist  it  in  tracking  and  recovering  false  claims  for  healthcare 
services. 

Governmental  investigations  and  whistleblower  “qui  tam”  suits  against  healthcare  companies  have  increased 
significantly in recent years, and have resulted in substantial penalties and fines. Although we monitor our billing practices 
for compliance with applicable laws, such laws are very complex, and we might not be able to detect all errors or interpret 
such laws in a manner consistent with a court or an agency’s interpretation. 

Health information practices  

Under  HIPAA,  the  United  States  Department  of  Health  and Human  Services, or DHHS,  issued  rules  to  define  and 
implement  standards  for  the  electronic  transactions  and  code  sets  for  the  submission  of  transactions  such  as  claims,  and 
privacy and security of individual health information in whatever manner it is maintained.  

In  February  2006,  DHHS  published  its  Final  Rule  on  Enforcement  of  the  HIPAA  Administrative  Simplification 
provisions,  including  the  transaction  standards,  the  security  standards  and  the  privacy  rule.  This  enforcement  rule 
addresses, among other issues, DHHS’s policies for determining violations and calculating civil monetary penalties, how 
DHHS will address the statutory limitations on the imposition of civil monetary penalties, and various procedural issues. 
The  rule  extends  enforcement  provisions  currently  applicable  to  the  health  care  privacy  regulations  to  other  HIPAA 
standards, including security, transactions and the appropriate use of service code sets.  

On February 17, 2009, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, (“HITECH”), was 
enacted  as  part  of  the  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009  to,  among  other  things,  extend  certain  of 
HIPAA’s  obligations  to  parties  providing  services  to  health  care  entities  covered  by  HIPAA  known  as  “business 
associates,”  impose  new  notice  of  privacy  breach  reporting  obligations,  extend  enforcement  powers  to  state  attorney 
generals  and  amend  the  HIPAA  privacy  and  security  laws  to  strengthen  the  civil  and  criminal  enforcement  of  HIPAA, 
establishing  four  categories  of  violations  that  reflect  increasing  levels  of  culpability,  four  corresponding  tiers  of  penalty 
amounts  that  significantly  increase  the  minimum  penalty  amount  for  each  violation,  and  a  maximum  penalty  amount  of 
$1.5 million for all violations of an identical provision. With the additional HIPAA enforcement power under HITECH, the 
Office of Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services and states are increasing their investigations and 
enforcement  of  HIPAA  compliance.  We  have  taken  steps  to  ensure  compliance  with  HIPAA  and  we  are  monitoring 
compliance on an ongoing basis.  

Lastly, on January 17, 2013, DHHS released the HITECH Final Rule. The HITECH Final Rule imposes various new 
requirements  on  covered  entities  and  business  associates,  and  also  expands  the  definition  of  “business  associates.”  The 
various requirements of the HITECH Final Rule must be implemented before certain transition period deadlines. Certain of 
the deadlines have passed and the final deadline in the transition period is September 24, 2014. We will continue to assess 
our compliance obligations as regulations under HIPAA as modified by HITECH, continue to become effective and more 
guidance  becomes  available  from  DHHS  and  other  federal  agencies.  The  evolving  privacy  and  security  requirements, 
however,  may  require  substantial  operational  and  systems  changes,  associate  education  and  resources  and  there  is  no 
guarantee that we will be able to implement them adequately or prior to their effective date. Given HIPAA’s complexity 
and the evolving regulations, which may be subject to changing and perhaps conflicting interpretation, our ongoing ability 
to  comply  with  all  of  the  HIPAA  requirements  is  uncertain,  which  may  expose  us  to  the  criminal  and  increased  civil 
penalties  provided  under  HITECH  and  may  require  us  to  incur  significant  costs  in  order  to  seek  to  comply  with  its 
requirements. 

9 

  
   
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Federal and state anti-kickback laws  

Federal  law  commonly  known  as  the  “Anti-Kickback  Statute”  prohibits  the  knowing  and willful  offer,  solicitation, 
payment or receipt of anything of value (direct or indirect, overt or covert, in cash or in kind) which is intended to induce: 
the referral of an individual for a service for which payment may be made by Medicare, Medicaid or certain other federal 
healthcare programs; or the ordering, purchasing, leasing, or arranging for, or recommending the purchase, lease or order 
of,  any  service  or  item  for  which  payment  may  be  made  by  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  certain  other  federal  healthcare 
programs. 

Interpretations  of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  have  been  very  broad  and  under  current  law,  courts  and  federal 
regulatory authorities have stated that this law is violated if even one purpose (as opposed to the sole or primary purpose) 
of the arrangement is to induce referrals. Even bona fide investment interests in a healthcare provider may be questioned 
under the Anti-Kickback Statute if the government concludes that the opportunity to invest was offered as an inducement 
for referrals. 

This act is subject to numerous statutory and regulatory “safe harbors.” The safe harbor regulations, however, do not 
cover all lawful relationships between healthcare providers and referral sources. Failure of an arrangement to satisfy all of 
the requirements of a particular safe harbor does not mean that the arrangement is unlawful. However, it may mean that 
such an arrangement will be subject to scrutiny by the regulatory authorities.  

While we believe that our operations are in compliance with applicable Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse laws, 
there can be no guarantee. We seek to structure all applicable arrangements to comply with applicable safe harbors where 
reasonably  possible.  There  is  a  risk  however,  that  the  federal  government  might  investigate  such  arrangements  and 
conclude they violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. If our arrangements are found to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, we, 
along with our clients would be subject to civil and criminal penalties, which may include exclusion from participation in 
government reimbursement programs, and our arrangements would not be legally enforceable, which could materially and 
adversely affect our business. 

Many states, including some where we do business, have adopted anti-kickback laws that are similar to the federal 
Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state laws are very closely patterned on the federal Anti-Kickback Statute; others, 
however, are broader and reach reimbursement by private payers. If our activities were deemed to be inconsistent with state 
anti-kickback or illegal remuneration laws, we could face civil and criminal penalties or be barred from such activities, any 
of which could harm our business. 

Federal and State Self-Referral Prohibitions 

We may be subject to federal and state statutes banning payments for referrals of patients and referrals by physicians 
to healthcare providers with whom the physicians have a financial relationship. Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, 
also known as the “Stark Law”, prohibits physicians from making a “referral” for “designated health services” for Medicare 
(and  in  many  cases  Medicaid)  patients  from  entities  or  facilities  in  which  such  physicians  directly  or  indirectly  hold  a 
“financial relationship”. 

A financial relationship can take the form of a direct or indirect ownership, investment or compensation arrangement. 
A  referral  includes  the  request  by  a  physician  for,  or  ordering  of,  or  the  certifying  or  recertifying  the  need  for,  any 
designated health services.  

Certain services that we provide may be identified as “designated health services” for purposes of the Stark Law. We 
cannot provide assurance that future regulatory changes will not result in other services we provide becoming subject to the 
Stark Law’s ownership, investment or compensation prohibitions in the future.  

Many  states,  including  some  states  where  we  do  business,  have  adopted  similar  or  broader  prohibitions  against 
payments that are intended to induce referrals of clients. Moreover, many states where we operate have laws similar to the 
Stark  Law  prohibiting  physician  self-referrals.  We  contract  with  a  significant  number  of  human  services  providers  and 
practitioners,  including  therapists,  physicians  and  psychiatrists,  and  arrange  for  these  individuals  or  entities  to  provide 
services to our clients. While we believe that these contracts are in compliance with the Stark Law, no assurance can be 
made that such contracts will not be considered in violation of the Stark Law.   

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Healthcare  Reform.  On  March  23,  2010,  the  President  of  the  United  States  signed  into  law  comprehensive  health 
reform  through  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act  (Pub.  L.  11-148),  or  PPACA.  On  March  30,  2010,  the 
President  signed  a  reconciliation  budget  bill  that  included  amendments  to  the  PPACA  (Pub.  L.  11-152).  These  laws  in 
combination form the “Health Care Reform Act” referred to herein. The changes to various aspects of the healthcare system 
in  the  Health  Care  Reform  Act  are  far-reaching  and  include,  among  many  others,  substantial  adjustments  to  Medicare 
reimbursement, establishment of individual mandates for healthcare coverage, extension of coverage to certain populations, 
expansion  of  Medicaid  and  CHIP,  restrictions  on  physician-owned  hospitals,  and  increased  efficiency  and  oversight 
provisions. 

Some of the provisions of the Health Care Reform Act took effect immediately, while others will take effect later or 
will be phased in over time, ranging from a few months following approval to ten (10) years. Due to the complexity of the 
Health Care Reform Act, it is likely that additional legislation will be considered and enacted. The Health Care Reform Act 
requires the promulgation of regulations that will likely have significant effects on the health care industry and third party 
payers.  Thus,  the  healthcare  industry  and  our  operations  may  be  subjected  to  significant  new  statutory  and  regulatory 
requirements and contractual terms and conditions, and consequently to structural and operational changes and challenges. 

The  Health  Care  Reform  Act  also  implements  significant  changes  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws  that  will 
intensify  the  risks  and  consequences  of  enforcement  actions.  These  include  expansion  of  the  False  Claims  Act  by:  (a) 
narrowing  the  public  disclosure  bar;  and  (b) explicitly  stating  that  violations  of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  trigger  false 
claims liability. In addition, the Health Care Reform Act lessens the intent requirements under the Anti-Kickback Statute to 
provide  that  a  person  may  violate  the  statute  without  knowledge  or  specific  intent.  The  Health  Care  Reform  Act  also 
provides new funding and expanded powers to investigate fraud, including through expansion of the Medicare Recovery 
Audit Contractor (RAC) program to Medicare Parts C and D and Medicaid and authorizing the suspension of Medicare and 
Medicaid  payments  to  a  provider  of  services  pending  an  investigation  of  a  credible  allegation  of  fraud.  Finally,  the 
legislation  creates  enhanced  penalties  for  noncompliance,  including  increased  criminal  penalties  and  expansion  of 
administrative penalties under Medicare and Medicaid. Collectively, such changes could have a material adverse impact on 
our operations. 

State Law  

Surveys and audits  

Our programs are subject to periodic surveys by government authorities and/or their contractors to ensure compliance 
with  various  requirements.  Regulators  conducting  periodic  surveys  often  provide  reports  containing  statements  of 
deficiencies for alleged failures to comply with various regulatory requirements. In most cases, if a deficiency finding is 
made  by  a  reviewing  agency,  we  will  work  with  the  reviewing  agency  to  agree  upon  the  steps  to  be  taken  to  bring  our 
program into compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. In some cases, however, an agency may take a number 
of adverse actions against a program, including:  

•   the imposition of fines or penalties;  

•    temporary suspension of admission of new clients to our program’s service;  

•    in extreme circumstances, exclusion from participation in Medicaid or other programs;  

•    revocation of our license; or  

•    contract termination.  

While we believe that our programs are in compliance with Medicaid and other program certification requirements 
and state licensure requirements, failure to comply with these requirements could have a material adverse impact on our 
business and our ability to enter into contracts with other agencies to provide services.  

11 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Billing/claims reviews and audits  

Agencies and other payers periodically conduct pre-payment or post-payment medical reviews or other audits of our 
claims.  In  order  to  conduct  these  reviews,  payers  request  documentation  from  us  and  then  review  that  documentation  to 
determine  compliance  with  applicable  rules  and  regulations,  including  the  eligibility  of  clients  to  receive  benefits,  the 
appropriateness of the care provided to those clients, and the documentation of that care.  

For-profit ownership  

Certain  of  the  agencies  for  which  we  provide  services  restrict  our  ability  to  contract  directly  as  a  for-profit 
organization. Instead, these agencies contract directly with a not-for-profit organization and in certain cases we negotiate to 
provide administrative and management services to the not-for-profit providers. The extent to which other agencies impose 
such  requirements  may  affect  our  ability  to  continue  to  provide  the  full  range  of  services  that  we  provide  or  limit  the 
organizations with which we can contract directly to provide services.  

Corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting 

Some states in which we operate prohibit general business entities, such as we are, from “practicing medicine,” which 
definition varies from state to state and can include employing physicians, professional therapists and other mental health 
professionals, as well as engaging in fee-splitting arrangements with these health care providers. Among other things, we 
currently  contract  with  professional  therapists  to  provide  intensive  home  based  counseling.  Although  we  are  not  in  the 
business of practicing medicine and believe that we have structured our operations appropriately, we could be alleged or 
found to be in violation of some or all of these laws. If a state determines that some portion of our business violates these 
laws,  it  may  seek  to  have  us  discontinue  those  portions  or  subject  us  to  penalties,  fines,  certain  license  requirements  or 
other measures. Any determination that we have acted improperly in this regard may result in liability to us. In addition, 
agreements between the corporation and the professional may be considered void and unenforceable.  

Professional licensure and other requirements  

Many of our employees are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing the ethics and practice of their 
professions.  In  addition,  professionals  who  are  eligible  to  participate  in  Medicaid  as  individual  providers  must  not  have 
been excluded from participation in government programs at any time.  Our ability to provide services depends upon the 
ability of our personnel to meet individual licensure and other requirements.  

Additional information  

Our website is www.provcorp.com. We make available, free of charge at this website, our annual report on Form 10-
K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished 
pursuant  to  Section 13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we 
electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The 
information on the website listed above is not and should not be considered part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is 
not incorporated by reference in this document. In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our 
Forms  10-K,  10-Q  and  8-K  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission.  Requests  for  such  filings  should  be  directed  to  Robert  Wilson,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  telephone  number: 
(520) 747-6600.  

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors.  

The following risks should be read in conjunction with other information contained, or incorporated by reference, in 
this  report,  including  the  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations” 
section  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes.  If  any  of  the  following  risks  actually  occurs,  our 
business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.  

12 

  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
General Risks 

Our annual operating results and stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.  

The market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which 

we cannot control, including: 

•  changes in rates by payers;  

•  changes in Medicaid rules or regulations;  

•  the development of increased competition;  

•  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;  

•  changes in the competitive landscape of the market for our services, including new entrants to the market;  

•  changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these

estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;  

•  ratings downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;  

•  the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings

with the SEC;  

•  market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;  

•  the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;  

•  future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;  

•  other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, natural disasters or responses to

these events; and  

•  changes in accounting principles.  

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the NASDAQ Global Market, have experienced considerable price 
and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. 
In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were 
involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could 
be diverted from our business.  

The  domestic  economic  downturn  in  recent  years  and  current  uncertain  economic  environment  could  cause  a  severe 
disruption in our operations.  

Our  business  could  be  negatively  impacted  by  significant  domestic  economic  downturns  or  an  uncertain  economic 
environment.  If  this  uncertainty  is  prolonged  or  economic  conditions  worsen,  there  could  be  several  severely  negative 
implications to our business that may exacerbate many of the risk factors we identified below including, but not limited to, 
the following:  

   Liquidity 

•    The domestic economic uncertainty could continue or worsen and reduce liquidity and this could have a negative
impact on financial institutions and the country’s financial system, which could, in turn, have a negative impact on
our financial position.  

13 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
•    We may not be able to borrow additional funds under our current credit facilities and may not be able to expand
our current facility if participating lenders become insolvent, their liquidity is limited or impaired, or if we fail to
meet covenant levels going forward. In addition, we may not be able to renew our existing credit facility at the
conclusion of its current term, particularly if its maturity is accelerated as discussed below, or renew it on terms
that are favorable to us.  

   Demand 

•    The  recent  recession  has  resulted  in  severe  job  losses,  which  could  cause  an  increase  in  demand  for  our
services. However,  depending  on  the  severity  of  the  recession’s  impact  on  our  payers,  particularly  our  state
government  payers,  sufficient  funds  may  not  be  allocated  to  compensate  us  for  the  services  we  provide  at  the
current margins, or we may be required to provide more services to a growing population of beneficiaries without
a corresponding increase in fees for these services.  

   Prices 

•    Certain markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, economic contraction, which could negatively 

impact our average fees and revenue.  

While we obtain some of our business through responses to government requests for proposals (“RFPs”), we may not be 
awarded contracts through this process in the future, and contracts we are awarded may not be profitable.  

We obtain, and will continue to seek to obtain, a significant portion of our business from state or local government 
entities. To obtain business from government entities, we are often required to respond to RFPs. To propose effectively, we 
must accurately estimate our cost structure for servicing a proposed contract, the time required to establish operations and 
the  terms  of  the  proposals  submitted  by  competitors.  We  must  also  assemble  and  submit  a  large  volume  of  information 
within rigid and often short timetables. Our ability to respond successfully to RFPs will greatly impact our business. We 
may not be awarded contracts through the RFP process, and our proposals may not result in profitable contracts.  

If we fail to establish and maintain important relationships with officials of government entities and agencies, we may 
not  be  able  to  successfully  procure  or  retain  government-sponsored  contracts,  which  could  negatively  impact  our 
revenues.  

To  facilitate  our  ability  to  procure  or  retain  government-sponsored  contracts,  we  rely  in  part  on  establishing  and 
maintaining  relationships  with  officials  of  various  government  entities  and  agencies.  These  relationships  enable  us  to 
provide informal input and advice to the government entities and agencies prior to the development of an RFP or program 
for privatization of human services and enhance our chances of procuring contracts with these payers. The effectiveness of 
our relationships may be reduced or eliminated with changes in the personnel holding various government offices or staff 
positions. We also may lose key personnel who have these relationships. We may be unable to successfully manage our 
relationships  with  government  entities  and  agencies  and  with  elected  officials  and  appointees.  Any  failure  to  establish, 
maintain  or  manage  relationships  with  government  and  agency  personnel  may  hinder  our  ability  to  procure  or  retain 
government-sponsored contracts.  

Government unions may oppose privatizing government programs to outside vendors such as us, which could limit our 
market opportunities.  

Our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  win  contracts  to  administer  and  manage  programs  traditionally 
administered by government employees. Many government employees, however, belong to labor unions with considerable 
financial resources and lobbying networks. These unions could apply opposing political pressure on legislators and other 
officials  seeking  to  privatize  government  programs.  Union opposition  could result  in our  losing government  contracts  or 
being precluded from providing services under government contracts, or maintaining or renewing existing contracts. The 
ability  to  renew  and  obtain new  contracts is  critical  to  our  financial  success. If  we  could  not  renew  certain  contracts,  or 
obtain new contracts, due to opposition political actions, it could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inaccurate,  misleading  or  negative  media  coverage  could  damage  our  reputation  and  harm  our  ability  to  procure 
government sponsored contracts.  

The media sometimes provides news coverage about our contracts and the services we provide to clients. This media 
coverage, if negative, could influence government officials to slow the pace of privatizing government services. Moreover, 
inaccurate,  misleading  or  negative  media  coverage  about  us  could  harm  our  reputation  and,  accordingly,  our  ability  to 
obtain government sponsored contracts.  

Our business is subject to risks of litigation.  

We are in the human services and non-emergency transportation services businesses which are subject to lawsuits and 
claims. A substantial award could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flows, and could adversely 
impact  our  ability  to  continue  to  purchase  appropriate  liability  insurance.  We  can  be  subject  to  claims  for  negligence  or 
intentional misconduct (in addition to professional liability type claims) by an employee or a third party we engage to assist 
with the provision of services, including but not limited to, claims arising out of accidents involving vehicle collisions, and 
various claims that could result from employees or contracted third parties driving to or from interactions with clients and 
while  providing  direct  client  services.  We  are  also  subject  to  claims  alleging  we  did  not  properly  treat  an  individual  or 
failed  to  properly  diagnose  and/or  care  for  a  client.  We  can  be  subject  to  employee  related  claims  such  as  wrongful 
discharge or discrimination or a violation of equal employment laws and permitting issues. While we are insured for these 
types  of  claims,  damages  exceeding  our  insurance  limits  or  outside  our  insurance  coverage,  such  as  a  claim  for  fraud, 
certain wage and hour violations or punitive damages, could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.  

Furthermore,  we  can  be  subject  to  miscellaneous  errors  and  omissions  liability  relative  to  the  various  management 
agreements we have with the not-for-profit entities we  manage. In the event of a claim, and depending on, among other 
things, the circumstances, allegations, and size of the management contract, we could be subject to damages that could have 
a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations.  

We  face  substantial  competition  in  attracting  and  retaining  experienced  professionals,  particularly  professionals  with 
respect  to  our  human  services,  and  intellectual  technology  professionals  with  respect  to  our  non-emergency 
transportation services, and we may be unable to sustain or grow our business if we cannot attract and retain qualified 
employees.  

Our  success  depends  to  a  significant  degree  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified  and  experienced 
professionals who possess the skills and experience necessary to deliver high quality services to our clients. Our objective 
of  providing  the  highest  quality  of  service  to  our  clients  is  a  significant  consideration  when  we  evaluate  education, 
experience and qualifications of potential candidates for employment as direct care and administrative staff. To that end, we 
attempt  to  hire  professionals  who  have  attained  a  bachelor’s  degree,  master’s  degree,  or  higher  level  of  education  and 
certification or licensure as direct care social services providers and administrators. These employees are in great demand 
and  are  likely  to  remain  a  limited  resource  for  the  foreseeable  future.  We  must  quickly  hire  project  leaders  and  case 
management  personnel  after  a  contract  is  awarded  to  us.  Contract  provisions  and  client  needs  determine  the  number, 
education and experience levels of social services professionals we hire. We continually evaluate client census, case loads 
and client eligibility to determine our staffing needs under each contract.  

Our performance in our non-emergency transportation services business largely depends on the talents and efforts of 
our highly skilled intellectual technology professionals. Competition for skilled intellectual technology professionals can be 
intense. Our success depends on our ability to recruit, retain and motivate these individuals.  

Our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  employees  with  the  requisite  experience  and  skills  depends  on  several  factors 
including, but not limited to, our ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. Some 
of  the  companies  with  which  we  compete  for  experienced  personnel  have  greater  financial,  technical,  political  and 
marketing resources, name recognition and a larger number of clients and payers than we do. The inability to attract and 
retain experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

 Our success depends on our ability to manage growing and changing operations.  

Since 1996, our business has grown significantly in size and complexity. This growth has placed, and is expected to 
continue to place, significant demands on our management, systems, internal controls and financial and physical resources. 
In addition, we expect that we will need to further develop our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems to 
accommodate future growth. This could require us to incur significant expense for, among other things, hiring additional 
15 

  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
qualified  personnel,  retaining  professionals  to  assist  in  developing  the  appropriate  control  systems  and  expanding  our 
information  technology  infrastructure.  The  nature  of  our  business  is  such  that  qualified  management  personnel  can  be 
difficult to find. Our inability to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.  

Our success depends on our ability to compete effectively in the marketplace.  

In our Human Services segment, we compete for clients and for contracts with a variety of organizations that offer 
similar  services.  Most  of  our  competition  consists  of  local  human  services  organizations  that  compete  with  us  for  local 
contracts.  Other  competitors  include  local  not-for-profit  organizations  and  community  based  organizations.  Historically, 
these types of organizations have been favored in our industry as incumbent providers of services to government entities. 
We also compete with larger companies and institutional providers that offer community based care services. Some of these 
companies have greater financial, technical, political, marketing, name recognition and other resources and a larger number 
of  clients  or  payers  than  we  do.  In  addition,  some  of  these  companies  offer  more  services  than  we  do.  We  have 
experienced, and expect to continue to experience, competition from new entrants into the markets in which we operate our 
human services business. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or 
loss of clients or payers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  

In  our  NET  Services  segment,  we  compete  with  a  variety  of  organizations  that  provide  similar  non-emergency 
transportation management services to Medicaid eligible beneficiaries in local markets. Our competitors largely compete 
for  smaller-scale  contract  opportunities  that  encompass  smaller  geographic  areas.  For  example,  most  of  our  competitors 
seek to win contracts for specific counties, whereas we seek to win contracts for the entire state. If these competitors begin 
to compete on a larger scale basis, it could result in pricing pressures, loss of, or failure to gain, market share, any of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  

Our business is subject to security breaches and attacks.  

We provide human services and therefore our information technology systems store client information protected by 
numerous  federal  and  state  regulations. Since  our  systems  include  interfaces  to  third-party  stakeholders,  often  connected 
via  the  Internet,  we  are  subject  to  cyber  security  risks. The  nature  of  our  business,  where  services  are  often  performed 
outside  a  secured  location,  adds  additional  risk. While  we  have  implemented  measures  to  detect  and  prevent  security 
breaches and cyber-attacks, our measures may not be effective. As a result of any security breach or loss of data, we could 
incur liability, regulatory actions, fines or litigation, which could increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on 
our operating results. Further, any such breach or loss could impact our business reputation and could result in the loss of 
contractual relationships or make it  more difficult to obtain new contracts, having an adverse effect on our business and 
financial performance. 

Regulatory Risks 

We  conduct  business  in  a  heavily  regulated  healthcare  industry.  Compliance  with  existing  regulations  is  costly,  and 
changes  in  regulations  or  violations  of  regulations  may  result  in  increased  costs  or  sanctions  that  could  reduce  our 
revenue and profitability. 

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal and state regulation relating to, among other things: 

●  professional licensure; 
●  conduct of operations; 
●  addition of facilities, equipment and services, including certificates of need; 
●  coding and billing for services; and 
●  payment for services. 

Both federal and state government agencies have increased coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts related 
to the healthcare industry. Regulations related to the healthcare industry are extremely complex and, in many instances, the 
industry does not have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of those laws. Medicare and Medicaid 
anti-fraud and abuse laws prohibit certain business practices and relationships related to items and services reimbursable 
under Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental healthcare programs, including the payment or receipt of remuneration 
to induce or arrange for referral of patients or recommendation for the provision of items or services covered by Medicare 
or  Medicaid  or  any  other  federal  or  state  healthcare  program.  Federal  and  state  laws  prohibit  the  submission  of  false  or 
fraudulent  claims,  including  claims  to  obtain  reimbursement  under  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  We  have  implemented 
compliance  policies  to  help  assure  our  compliance  with  these  regulations  as  they  become  effective;  however,  different 
16 

   
  
    
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
interpretations  or  enforcement  of  these  laws  and  regulations  in  the  future  could  subject  our  practices  to  allegations  of 
impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services or the manner 
in which we conduct our business. 

We  could  be  subject  to  actions  for  false  claims  if  we  do  not  comply  with  government  coding  and  billing  rules,  which 
could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. 

If we fail to comply with federal and state documentation, coding and billing rules, we could be subject to criminal 
and/or  civil  penalties,  loss  of  licenses  and  exclusion  from  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs,  which  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our operating results. In billing for our services to third-party payers, we must follow complex 
documentation,  coding  and  billing  rules.  These  rules  are  based  on  federal  and  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  various 
government  pronouncements,  and  on  industry  practice.  Failure  to  follow  these  rules  could  result  in  potential  criminal  or 
civil liability under the federal False Claims Act, under which extensive financial penalties can be imposed and/or under 
various state statutes which prohibit the submission of false claims for services covered. Compliance failure could further 
result in criminal liability under various federal and state criminal or civil statutes. While we plan to carefully and regularly 
review our documentation, coding and billing practices, the rules are frequently vague and confusing and we cannot assure 
that  governmental  investigators,  private  insurers  or  private  whistleblowers  will  not  challenge  our  practices.  Such  a 
challenge could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. 

If we fail to comply with the federal Anti-kickback Statute, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties, loss of 
licenses and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, all of which could have a material adverse impact on 
our operating results. 

The federal Anti-kickback Statute prohibits the offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in 
return for referring, ordering, leasing, purchasing or arranging for or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of 
items  or  services  payable  by  a  federally  funded  healthcare  program.  Any  of  our  financial  relationships  with  healthcare 
providers  will  be  potentially  implicated  by  this  statute  to  the  extent  Medicare  or  Medicaid  referrals  are  implicated. 
Violations of the Anti-kickback Statute could result in substantial civil or criminal penalties, including criminal fines of up 
to  $25,000  per  violation,  imprisonment  of  up  to  five  years,  civil  penalties  under  the  Civil  Monetary  Penalties  Law  (42 
U.S.C. 1320a-7a) of up to $50,000 per violation, plus three times the remuneration involved, civil penalties under the False 
Claims Act of up to $11,000 for each claim submitted,  plus three times the amounts paid for such claims and exclusion 
from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Any such penalties could have a significant negative effect on 
our operations. Furthermore, the exclusion, if applied to us, could result in significant reductions in our revenues, which 
could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  our  operations.  In  addition,  many 
states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-kickback Statute with similar penalties.  

 If we fail to comply with physician self-referral laws, to the extent applicable to our operations, we could experience a 
significant loss of reimbursement revenue. 

We  may  be  subject  to  federal  and  state  statutes  and  regulations  banning  payments  for  referrals  of  patients  and 
referrals  by  physicians  to  healthcare  providers  with  whom  the  physicians  have  a  financial  relationship  and  billing  for 
services provided pursuant to such referrals if any occur. Violation of these federal and state laws and regulations, to the 
extent  applicable  to  our  operations,  may  result  in  prohibition  of  payment  for  services  rendered,  loss  of  licenses,  fines, 
criminal  penalties  and  exclusion  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.  To  the  extent  we  do  maintain  such  financial 
relationships with physicians, we rely on certain exceptions to self-referral laws that we believe will be applicable to such 
arrangements. Any failure to comply with such exceptions could result in the penalties discussed above. 

We  are  subject  to  regulations  relating  to  privacy  and  security  of  patient  information.  Failure  to  comply  with  privacy 
regulations could result in a material adverse impact on our operating results. 

There  are  numerous  federal  and  state  regulations  addressing  patient  information  privacy  and  security  concerns.  In 

particular, the federal regulations issued under HIPAA contain provisions that: 

●  protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of patient information; 
● 

require  the  implementation  of  security  safeguards  to  ensure  the  confidentiality,  integrity  and  availability  of
individually identifiable health information in electronic form; and 

●  prescribe specific transaction formats and data code sets for certain electronic healthcare transactions. 

17 

   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations is costly and requires our management to expend substantial 
time and resources. Further, the HIPAA regulations and state privacy laws expose us to increased regulatory risk, as the 
penalties associated with a failure to comply, even if unintentional, could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations. 

We  have  an  internal  committee  to  maintain  our  privacy  and  security  policies  regarding  client  information  in 
compliance  with  HIPAA.  This  committee  is  responsible  for  training  our  employees,  including  our  regional  and  local 
managers  and  staff,  to  comply  with  HIPAA  and  monitoring  compliance  with  the  policy.  The  costs  associated  with  our 
ongoing compliance could be substantial, which could negatively impact our results of operations. 

As a government contractor, we are subject to an increased risk of litigation and other legal actions and liabilities.  

As  a  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  an  increased  risk  of  investigation,  criminal  prosecution,  civil  fraud, 
whistleblower lawsuits and other legal actions and liabilities that are not as frequently experienced by companies that do 
not  provide  government  sponsored  services.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  these  actions,  regardless  of  the  outcome,  could 
disrupt  our  operations  and  result  in  increased  costs,  and  could  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  contracts  in  other 
jurisdictions.  

The  federal  government  may  refuse  to  grant  consents  or  waivers  necessary  to  permit  for-profit  entities  to  perform 
certain elements of government programs.  

Under current law, in order to privatize certain functions of government programs, the federal government must grant 
a consent or waiver to the petitioning state or local agency. If the federal government does not grant a necessary consent or 
waiver or withdraws approval of any granted waiver, the state or local agency will be unable to contract with a for-profit 
entity, such as us, to provide service. Failure by state or local agencies to obtain consents or waivers could adversely affect 
our continued business operations and future growth.  

Our business could be adversely affected by future legislative changes that hinder or reverse the privatization of human 
services or non-emergency transportation services.  

The market for our services depends largely on federal, state and local legislative programs. These programs can be 
modified  or  amended  at  any  time.  Moreover,  part  of  our  growth  strategy  includes  aggressively  pursuing  opportunities 
created  by  the  federal,  state  and  local  initiatives  to  privatize  the  delivery  of  human  services  and  non-emergency 
transportation  services.  However,  there  are  opponents  to  the  privatization  of  these  services  and,  as  a  result,  future 
privatization  is  uncertain.  If  additional  privatization  initiatives  are  not  proposed  or  enacted,  or  if  previously  enacted 
privatization initiatives are challenged, repealed or invalidated, there could be a material adverse impact on our operating 
results.  

Our strategic relationships with certain not-for-profit and tax exempt entities are subject to tax and other risks.  

Since some government agencies in certain of our markets prefer or require contracts for privatized human services to 
be  administered  through  not-for-profit  organizations,  we  rely  on  our  long-term  relationships  with  not-for-profit 
organizations to provide services to these government agencies. We currently maintain strategic relationships with several 
not-for-profit social services organizations with which we have management contracts of varying lengths, the majority of 
which are federally tax exempt organizations. Our strategic relationships with tax exempt not-for-profit organizations are 
similar to those in the hospital management industry where tax exempt or faith based not-for-profit hospitals are managed 
by for-profit companies.  

Federal tax law requires that the boards of directors of not-for-profit tax exempt organizations be independent. The 
boards  of  directors  of  the  tax  exempt  not-for-profit  organizations  for  which  we  provide  management  services  have  a 
majority of independent members. The board members are predominately selected from independent members of the local 
community  in which the not-for-profit entity operates. Decisions regarding our business relationships with these not-for-
profit  entities  are  made  by  their  independent  board  members  including  approving  the  management  fees  we  charge  to 
manage  their  organizations  and  any  discretionary  bonuses.  Federal  tax  law  also  requires  that  the  management  fees  we 
charge the not-for-profit entities we manage be fixed and at fair market rates. Typically a fairness opinion is obtained by 
the not-for-profit entities we manage from an independent third party valuation consultant that substantiates the fair market 
rates.  

18 

   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
If the Internal Revenue Service determined that any tax exempt organization was paying more than market rates for 
services performed by us, the managed entity could lose its tax exempt status and owe back taxes and penalties. Generally, 
under  state  law,  not-for-profit  entities  may  pay  no  more  than  reasonable  compensation  for  services  rendered.  If  the 
compensation paid to us by these not-for-profit entities is deemed unreasonable, then the state could take action against the 
not-for-profit entity, which could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.  

Our  business is  subject  to  state  licensing  regulations and other regulatory provisions,  including  regulatory provisions 
governing surveys and audits. Changes to, or violations of, these regulations could negatively impact our revenues.  

In  many  of  the  locations  where  we  operate,  we  are  required  by  state  law  to  obtain  and  maintain  licenses.  The 
applicable state and local licensing requirements govern the services we provide, the credentials of staff, record keeping, 
treatment planning, client monitoring and supervision of staff. The failure to maintain these licenses or the loss of a license 
could have a material adverse impact on our business and could prevent us from providing services to clients in a given 
jurisdiction.  Most  of  our  contracts  are  subject  to  surveys  or  audit  by  our  payers.  We  are  also  subject  to  regulations  that 
restrict  our  ability  to  contract  directly  with  a  government  agency  in  certain  situations.  Such  restrictions  could  affect  our 
ability to contract with certain payers, and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Financial Risks 

Our indebtedness may harm our financial condition and results of operations.  

As  of  December 31,  2013,  our  total  consolidated  long-term  debt  was  $123.5  million.  On  August  2,  2013,  we 
refinanced our then existing debt under an amended and restated credit agreement providing for a $60.0 million term loan 
and a $165.0 million revolving credit facility. Under the repayment terms of the amended and restated credit agreement, we 
are  obligated  to  repay  the  principal  amount  of  the  term  loan  as  follows:  $3.0  million  between  December  31,  2014  and 
September 30, 2015, $4.5 million between December 31, 2015 and September 30, 2016, $6.0 million between December 
31,  2016  and  September  30,  2017,  $6.8  million  between  December  31,  2017  and  June  30,  2018  and  $39.7  million  at 
maturity in August 2018. As discussed below, the maturity date of our credit facility could be accelerated. 

Our level of indebtedness could have a material adverse impact to our business:  

•    it could adversely affect our ability to satisfy our obligations;  

•    it may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;  

•    it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and  

•    it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business, our industry or the economy in general.  

Our  operations  may  not  generate  sufficient  cash  to  enable  us  to  service  our  debt.  If  we  were  to  fail  to  make  any 
required  payment  under  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness,  or  fail  to  comply  with  the  financial  and  operating 
covenants contained in these agreements, we could be in default. In the event we are not in compliance with the financial 
and operating covenants, it is uncertain whether the lenders will grant waivers for our non-compliance. Our lenders would 
have the ability to require that we immediately pay all outstanding indebtedness. If our lenders were to require immediate 
payment, we might not have sufficient assets to satisfy our obligations under our credit facility, or our 6.5% convertible 
senior  subordinated  notes  due  in  2014  (“Senior  Notes”).  In  such  event,  we  could  be  forced  to  seek  protection  under 
bankruptcy  laws,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  existing  contracts  and  our  ability  to  procure  new 
contracts as well as our ability to recruit and/or retain employees. Accordingly, a default could have a significant adverse 
effect on the market value and marketability of our common stock.  

Changes in budgetary priorities of the government entities that fund the services we provide could result in our loss of 
contracts or a decrease in amounts payable to us under our contracts.  

Our revenue is largely derived from contracts that are directly or indirectly paid or funded by government agencies. 
All of these contracts are subject to legislative appropriations and state budget approval. The availability of funding under 
our contracts with state governments is dependent in part upon federal funding to states. Changes in Medicaid methodology 
may further reduce the availability of federal funds to states in which we provide services. Among the alternative Medicaid 
funding approaches that states have explored are provider assessments as tools for leveraging increased Medicaid federal 

19 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
matching  funds.  Provider  assessment  plans  generate  additional  federal  matching  funds  to  the  states  for  Medicaid 
reimbursement purposes, and implementation of a provider assessment plan requires approval by the Centers for Medicare 
and Medicaid Services in order to qualify for federal matching funds. These plans usually take the form of a bed tax or a 
quality  assessment  fee,  which  were  historically  required  to  be  imposed  uniformly  across  classes  of  providers  within  the 
state, except that such taxes only applied to Medicaid health plans.  

However, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or Deficit Reduction Act, requires states that desire to impose provider 
taxes to impose taxes on all managed care organizations, not just Medicaid managed care organizations. This uniformity 
requirement  as  it  relates  to  taxing  all  managed  care  organizations  may  make  states  more  reluctant  to  use  provider 
assessments as a vehicle for raising matching funds and, thus, reduce the amount of funding that the states receive and have 
available.  Moreover,  under  the  Deficit  Reduction  Act,  states  may  be  allowed  to  reduce  the  benefits  provided  to  certain 
Medicaid enrollees, which could affect the services that states contract for with us. We cannot make any assurances that 
these  Medicaid  changes  will  not  negatively  affect  the  funding  under  our  contracts.  As  funding  under  our  contracts  is 
dependent in part upon federal funding, such funding changes could have a significant effect upon our business.  

Currently, many of the states in which we operate are facing budgetary shortfalls or changes in budgetary priorities. 
In addition, in some states eligibility requirements for human services clients have been tightened to stabilize the number of 
eligible clients and in certain instances states have implemented or are considering implementing a single point of access to 
care or a managed care model, which reduces the size of our potential market in those states. While many of these states are 
dealing with budgetary concerns by shifting costs from institutional care to home and community based care such as we 
provide, there is no assurance that this trend will continue. Consequently, a significant decline in government expenditures, 
shift  of  expenditures  or  funding  away  from  programs  that  call  for  the  types  of  services  that  we  provide,  or  change  in 
government  contracting  or  funding  policies  could  cause  payers  to  terminate  their  contracts  with  us  or  reduce  their 
expenditures under those contracts, either of which could have a negative impact on our operating results.  

We derive a significant amount of our revenues from a few payers, which puts us at risk. Any changes in the funding, 
financial  viability  or  our  relationships  with  these  payers  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

We  provide,  or  manage  the  provision  of,  government  sponsored  human  services  and  non-emergency  transportation 
services to individuals and families who are eligible for government assistance pursuant to federal mandate with respect to 
government sponsored human services and  members of the disability community, or senior citizens with respect to non-
emergency  transportation  services  under  various  contracts  with  state  and  local  governmental  entities.  We  generate  a 
significant amount of our revenues from a few payers under a small number of contracts. For example, for the years ended 
December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  we  generated  approximately  48.0%,  48.5%  and  48.6%,  respectively,  of  our  total 
revenue from our top ten payers. Additionally, our top five payers related to our NET Services operating segment represent, 
in the aggregate, approximately 43.6%, 43.2% and 49.2%, respectively, of our NET Services operating segment revenue 
for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011.  The  top  five  payers  related  to  our  Human  Services  operating 
segment  represent,  in  the  aggregate,  approximately  38.0%,  38.5%  and  38.4%,  respectively,  of  our  Human  Services 
operating  segment  revenue  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011.  The  loss  of,  reduction  in  amounts 
generated by, or changes in methods or regulations governing payments for our services under these contracts could have a 
material adverse impact on our revenue and results of operations.  

Our contracts are in many instances short-term in nature, and can also be terminated prior to expiration, without cause 
and without penalty to the payers. There can be no assurance that they will survive until the end of their stated terms, or 
that  upon  their  expiration  these  contracts  will  be  renewed  or  extended.  Disruptions  to  our  contracts  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Most  of  our  Human  Services  contracts  contain  base  periods  of  only  one  year.  While  some  of  them  also  contain 
options for renewal, usually successive six month or one year terms, payers are not required to extend their contracts into 
these  option  periods.  In  addition,  a  significant  number  of  our  Human  Services  contracts  not  only  allow  the  payer  to 
terminate the contract immediately for cause (such as for our failure to meet our contract obligations) but also permit the 
payer  to  terminate  the  contract  at  any  time  prior  to  its  stated  expiration date.  In  most  cases  the  payer  may  terminate  the 
Human Services or NET Services contracts without cause, at will and without penalty to the payer, either immediately or 
upon the expiration of a short notice period in the event government appropriations supporting the programs serviced by the 
contract are reduced or eliminated. The failure of payers to renew or extend significant contracts or their early termination 
of significant contracts could adversely affect our financial performance. We cannot anticipate if, when or to what extent a 
payer might terminate its contract with us prior to its expiration or fail to renew or extend its contract with us.  

20 

   
  
  
  
   
  
    
Each of our contracts is subject to audit and modification by the payers with whom we contract, at their sole discretion.  

Our business depends on our ability to successfully perform under various government funded contracts. Under the 
terms of these contracts, payers can review our performance, as well as our records and general business practices at any 
time, and may, in their discretion:  

•  suspend  or  prevent  us  from  receiving  new  contracts  or  extending  existing  contracts  because  of  violations  or

suspected violations of procurement laws or regulations;  

•  terminate or modify our existing contracts;  

•  reduce the amount we are paid under our existing contracts; and/or  

•  audit and object to our contract related fees.  

If  payers  have  significant  audit  findings,  or  if  they  make  material  modifications  to  our  contracts,  it  could  have  a 

material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

A  loss  of  our  status  as  a  licensed  provider  in  any  jurisdiction  could  result  in  the  termination  of  a  number  of  our 
contracts, which could negatively impact our revenues.  

Our status as a licensed provider of health services is subject to periodic renewal, review and examination by federal, 
state  and  local  agencies.  If  we  lost  our  status  as  a  licensed  provider  in  any  jurisdiction,  the  contracts  under  which  we 
provide services in that jurisdiction could be subject to termination. Moreover, such an event could constitute a violation of 
provisions of our contracts in other jurisdictions, resulting in further contract terminations.  

If  we  fail  to  satisfy  our  contractual  obligations,  we  could  be  liable  for  damages  and  financial  penalties,  and  it  could 
harm our ability to keep our existing contracts or obtain new contracts.  

Our failure to comply with our contract obligations could, in addition to providing grounds for immediate termination 
of  the  contract  for  cause,  negatively  impact  our  financial  performance  and  damage  our  reputation,  which,  in  turn,  could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  maintain  current  contracts  or  obtain  new  ones.  Our  failure  to  meet 
contractual  obligations  could  also  result  in  substantial  actual  and  consequential  financial  damages.  The  termination  of  a 
contract  for  cause  could,  for  instance,  subject  us  to  liabilities  for  excess  costs  incurred  by  a  payer  in  obtaining  similar 
services from another source. In addition, our contracts require us to indemnify payers for our failure to meet standards of 
care, and some of them contain liquidated damages provisions and financial penalties that we must pay if we breach these 
contracts.  

If  we  fail  to  estimate  accurately  the  cost  of  performing  certain  contracts,  we  may  experience  reduced  or  negative 
margins.  

Under our fee-for-service contracts, we receive fees based on our interactions with government sponsored clients. To 
earn  a  profit  on  these  contracts,  we  must  accurately  estimate  costs  incurred  in  providing  services.  Our  risk  on  these 
contracts is that our client population is not large enough to cover our fixed costs, such as rent and overhead. Our fee-for-
service  contracts  are  not  reimbursed  on  a  cost  basis  and  therefore,  if  we  fail  to  estimate  our  costs  accurately,  we  may 
experience reduced margins, or even losses on these contracts.  

Additionally, approximately 83.4%, 83.3% and 87.6% of our non-emergency transportation services revenue during 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, was generated under capitated contracts with the remainder generated through fee-for 
service and fixed cost contracts. Under most of our capitated contracts, we assume the responsibility of managing the needs 
of a specific geographic population by contracting out transportation services to local van, cab and ambulance companies 
on a per ride or per mile basis. We use a “pricing model” to determine applicable contract rates, which take into account 
factors,  such  as  estimated  utilization,  state  specific  data,  previous  experience  in  the  state  and/or  with  similar  services, 
estimated volume and availability of mass transit. The amount of the fixed per member, per month fee is determined in the 
bidding process, but predicated on actual historical transportation data for the subject geographic region (provided by the 
payer), actuarial work performed in-house as well as by third party actuarial firms and actuarial analyses provided by the 
payer. If the utilization of our services is more than we estimated, the contract may be less profitable than anticipated, or 
may not be profitable at all.  

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
We  record  revenue  from  cost-based  service  contracts  based  on  a  combination  of  direct  costs,  indirect  overhead 
allocations, and stated contractual margins on those costs. We may be required to subsequently refund a portion of the 
excess funds, if any.  

Our cost-based service contracts require us to allow for contingencies such as budgeted costs not incurred, excess cost 
per service over the allowable contract rate and/or an insufficient number of encounters. In cases where funds paid to us 
exceed the allowable costs to provide services under the contracts, we may be required to pay back the excess funds. While 
we  believe  we  have  adequately  reserved  for  potential  refund  amounts,  the  final  settlement  of  certain  contract 
reimbursements can sometimes occur at a significantly later date than the period services were provided. It is possible that 
we are unaware of certain potential refunds until they occur which could have a material adverse impact on our operating 
results. Approximately 20.3%, 18.6% and 19.3% of our Human Services segment revenues or approximately 6.4%, 6.0% 
and 7.4% of our consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were derived 
from cost-based service contracts. 

Our results of operations will continue to fluctuate due to seasonality.  

Our quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our 
business.  In  our  Human  Services  operating  segment,  lower  client  demand  for  our  home  and  community  based  services 
during  the  holiday  and  summer  seasons  generally  results  in  lower  revenue  during  those  periods;  however,  our  expenses 
related  to  the  Human  Services  operating  segment  do  not  vary  significantly  with  these  changes.  As  a  result,  our  Human 
Services  operating  segment  typically  experiences  lower  operating  margins  during  the  holiday  and  summer  seasons.  Our 
NET  Services  operating  segment  also  experiences  fluctuations  in  demand  for  our  non-emergency  transportation  services 
during  the  summer,  winter  and  holiday  seasons.  Due  to  higher  demand  in  the  summer  months  and  lower  demand  in  the 
winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a fixed revenue stream based on a per member per month based structure, our 
NET Services operating segment typically experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and higher operating 
margins in the winter and holiday seasons. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results and operating cash flows to 
continue as a result of the seasonal demand for our home and community based services and non-emergency transportation 
services. As we enter new markets and expand our business, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations. 

Our reported financial results could suffer if there is an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. 

Goodwill may be impaired if the estimated fair value of one or more of our reporting units is less than the carrying 
value of the respective reporting unit. Because we have grown in part through acquisitions, goodwill and other intangible 
assets represent a significant portion of our assets. We perform an analysis on our goodwill balances to test for impairment 
on an annual basis. Similarly, interim impairment tests may also be required in advance of our annual impairment test if 
events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value, including goodwill, of one or 
more of our reporting units below the reporting unit’s carrying value. Such circumstances could include but are not limited 
to:  (1) loss  of  significant  contracts,  (2)  a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  climate  of  our  business, 
(3) unanticipated competition, (4) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, or (5) a significant decline in our stock 
price. If events occur or circumstances change, we may be required to record an impairment adjustment to our goodwill or 
other intangible assets which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position. 

We may incur costs before receiving related revenues, which could result in cash shortfalls.  

When  we  are  awarded  a  contract  to  provide  services,  we  may  incur  expenses  before  we  receive  any  contract 
payments. These expenses include leasing office space, purchasing office equipment and hiring personnel. As a result, in 
certain large contracts where the government does not fund program start-up costs, we may be required to invest significant 
sums of money before receiving related contract payments. In addition, payments due to us from payers may be delayed 
due  to  billing  cycles  or  as  a  result  of  failures  to  approve  government  budgets  in  a  timely  manner.  Moreover,  especially 
under fee-for-service arrangements, any resulting cash shortfall could be exacerbated if we fail to either invoice the payer 
or  to  collect  our  fee  in  a  timely  manner.  This  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  ongoing  operations  and  our 
financial position. 

22 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Our  use  of  a  reinsurance  program  to  cover  certain  claims  for  losses  suffered  and  costs  or  expenses  incurred  could 
negatively impact our business.  

We  are reinsured  with regard  to  a  substantial  portion of  our  automobile,  general  liability,  professional  liability  and 
workers’  compensation  insurance.  We  also  reinsure  the  general  liability,  professional  liability,  workers’  compensation 
insurance,  automobile  liability  and  automobile  physical  damage  of  various  members  of  the  network  of  subcontracted 
transportation providers  and independent  third  parties  over  various  policy  years  under reinsurance  programs  through  our 
two wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiaries. Although, effective February 15, 2011, we did not renew our reinsurance 
agreement and will not assume liabilities for policies that cover the general liability, automobile liability, and automobile 
physical  damage  coverage  of  our  independent  third  party  transportation  providers  after  that  date,  we  will  continue  to 
administer existing policies for the foreseeable future and resolve remaining and future claims related to these policies. In 
the  event  that  actual  reinsured  losses  increase  unexpectedly  or  exceed  actuarially  determined  estimated  reinsured  losses 
under the program, the aggregate of such losses could materially  increase our liability and adversely affect our financial 
condition, liquidity, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, as the availability to us of certain traditional insurance 
coverage diminishes or increases in cost, we will continue to evaluate the levels and types of insurance we include in our 
self-insurance  program.  Any  increase  to  this  program  increases  our  risk  exposure  and  therefore  increases  the  risk  of  a 
possible material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.  

Any acquisition that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or have a 
material adverse impact on our operating results.  

We have made, and anticipate that we will continue making, strategic acquisitions as part of our growth strategy. We 
have made a number of acquisitions since our inception. The success of these and other acquisitions depends in part on our 
ability to integrate acquired companies into our business operations. There can be no assurance that the companies acquired 
will continue to generate income at the historical levels on which we based our acquisition decisions, that we will be able to 
maintain or renew the acquired companies’ contracts, that we will be able to realize operating and economic efficiencies 
upon  integration  of  acquired  companies,  or  that  the  acquisitions  will  not  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  or 
financial condition.  

We continually review opportunities to acquire other businesses that would complement our current services, expand 
our markets or otherwise offer prospects for growth. In connection with our acquisition strategy, we could issue stock that 
would  dilute  existing  stockholders’  percentage  ownership,  or  we  could  incur  or  assume  substantial  debt  or  contingent 
liabilities. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including, but not limited to, the following:  

•  challenges assimilating the acquired operations;  

•   unanticipated costs and known and unknown legal or financial liabilities associated with an acquisition;  

•   diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses;  

•   adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers;  

•   entering markets in which we have limited or no experience;  

•   potential loss of key employees of purchased organizations;  

•   the incurrence of excessive leverage in financing an acquisition;  

•   failure to maintain and renew contracts of the acquired business;  

•   unanticipated operating, accounting or management difficulties in connection with an acquisition; and  

•   dilution to our earnings per share.  

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  successful  in  overcoming  problems  encountered  in  connection  with  any 

acquisition and our inability to do so could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.  

23 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Fluctuations  in  gasoline  prices  could  result  in  higher  unit  cost  paid  to  our  subcontracted  network  as  well  as  higher 
utilization of our non-emergency transportation services which could negatively impact our operating margins.  

Fluctuating  gasoline  prices  could  result  in  more  clients  utilizing  our  non-emergency  transportation  services  as  they 
may be unable to economically sustain transportation of their own. This could result in increased costs and levels of service 
required under our capitated contracts, and could result in a loss of profitability in the segment. Rising gasoline prices could 
result in lower operating margins as we may not be able to pass on the costs charged by our transportation providers with 
whom we contract. Fluctuations in gasoline prices could adversely affect our operating results. 

International Risks 

Our international operations expose us to various risks that could have a negative impact on our operations or financial 
results.  

We operate in Canada through our wholly-owned subsidiary, WCG International Consultants Ltd., or WCG, and as a 
result,  we  are  subject  to  the  risks  inherent  in  conducting  business  across  national  boundaries,  any  one  of  which  could 
adversely impact our business. In addition to currency fluctuations, these risks include, among other things:  

•  economic downturns;  

•  changes in or interpretations of local law, governmental policy or regulation;  

•  restrictions on the transfer of funds in to, or out of the country;  

•  varying tax systems;  

•  delays from doing business with governmental agencies;  

•  nationalization of foreign assets; and  

•  government protectionism.  

One  or  more  of  the  foregoing  factors  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  domestically  or 

internationally, financial results or financial position.  

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws, and any determination that 
we violated any of these laws could have an adverse effect on our business.  

Our operations outside the United States are subject to the U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such 
as  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  or  FCPA.  Generally,  the  FCPA  prohibits  us  from  providing  anything  of  value  to 
foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining 
favorable  treatment,  and  requires  companies  to  maintain  adequate  record-keeping  and  internal  accounting  practices  to 
accurately reflect the transactions of the company. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and 
our personnel to comply with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance 
that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which 
we  may  engage,  and  such  a  violation  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation,  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  

Increased  competition  in  British  Columbia,  Canada  due  to  the  service  delivery  system  reorganization  in  2012  could 
hinder our ability to gain new business and negatively impact our revenues related to our international operations.  

As  part  of  the  service  delivery  system  reorganization  that  took  place  in  British  Columbia  during  2012,  all  of  the 
contracts for services in this market expired and new contracts were put up for bid. The new contracts combined federal 
and provincial funding streams and services which were previously contracted separately. As a result, WCG is experiencing 
an increase in competition as providers who contract for federal dollars have entered the market in which WCG operates. 
To  date,  due  primarily  to  an  increased  level  of  competition  and  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  services  funded  in  British 
Columbia, WCG has been unable to regain the level of business it experienced prior to the reorganization of the service 
delivery system. While WCG continues to pursue various business opportunities, there is no assurance that it will be able to 
achieve the operating level it did prior to 2012. Increased competition in this market may result in pricing pressures, loss of 
24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
or failure to gain  market share, any of which could have a negative impact on our international operations and financial 
results. 

We operate and are in a taxable income position in multiple tax jurisdictions, and face the risk of double taxation if one 
jurisdiction does not acquiesce to the tax claims of another jurisdiction.  

We  currently  operate  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  and  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  those  countries  and  the 
specific  states  and/or  provinces  where  we  operate.  In  the  event  one  taxing  jurisdiction  disagrees  with  another  taxing 
jurisdiction,  we  could  experience  temporary  or  permanent  double  taxation  and  increased  professional  fees  to  resolve 
taxation matters.  

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments.  

None.  

Item 2. 

Properties.  

We lease our approximately 11,000 square foot corporate office building in Tucson, Arizona under a five year lease, 
with two additional three year renewal options. The lease is currently in its fourth year. The monthly base rental payment 
under this lease as of December 31, 2013 in the amount of approximately $18,000 is subject to an annual Consumer Price 
Index adjustment increase over the initial term of the lease. We also lease office space for other administrative services in 
Tucson. The lease terms vary and are in line with market rates. In connection with the performance of our contracts within 
our  Human  Services  segment,  we  lease  approximately  350  offices  for  management  and  administrative  functions.  In 
connection with the performance of our contracts within our NET Services segment, we lease 35 offices for management 
and administrative functions. The lease terms vary and are generally at market rates.  

We  acquired  a  5,760  square  foot  office  building  in  Pottsville,  Pennsylvania  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of 
Providence Community Services, Inc. (formerly known as Pottsville Behavioral Counseling Group, Inc.), which is free of 
any  mortgage.  Additionally,  with  the  acquisition  of  ReDCo,  we  acquired  approximately  40  buildings  in  Pennsylvania 
which are free from any mortgages.  

In  2010,  we  purchased  land  and  a  46,188  square  foot  four-story  shell  building  adjacent  to  our  corporate  office  for 
cash. We utilize the building for certain information technology operations, and sublease or have sold other space within 
the  building.  We  believe  that  our  properties  are  adequate  for  our  current  business  needs,  and  believe  that  we  can  obtain 
adequate space, if needed, to meet our foreseeable business needs.  

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings.  

Although  we  believe  we  are  not  currently  a  party  to  any  material  litigation,  we  may  from  time  to  time  become 
involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, 
could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.   

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not applicable.  

25 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
PART II  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities.  

Market for our common stock  

Our  common  stock,  $0.001  par  value  per  share,  our  only  class  of  common  equity,  has  been  quoted  on  NASDAQ 
under the symbol “PRSC” since August 19, 2003. Prior to that time there was no public market for our common stock. As 
of March 11, 2014, there were five holders of record of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low 
sales prices per share of our common stock for the period indicated, as reported on NASDAQ Global Select Market: 

2013 
Fourth Quarter .........................................................  $
Third Quarter ...........................................................  $
Second Quarter ........................................................  $
First Quarter .............................................................  $

2012 
Fourth Quarter .........................................................  $
Third Quarter ...........................................................  $
Second Quarter ........................................................  $
First Quarter .............................................................  $

High  

Low  

30.50     $
31.31     $
29.52     $
20.09     $

16.99     $
13.95     $
15.78     $
15.94     $

24.34   
26.41   
16.58   
15.86   

9.70   
9.56   
12.70   
12.85   

Stock Performance Graph  

The following graph shows a comparison of the cumulative total return for our Common Stock, Nasdaq Health Index 

and Russell 2000 Index assuming an investment of $100 in each on December 31, 2008.   

26 

  
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
   
  
     
       
  
  
      
        
  
     
       
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Dividends  

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock in 
the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  is  prohibited  by  the  terms  of  our  credit  agreement.  The 
payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be reviewed periodically by the Board and will depend upon, among other 
things,  our  financial  condition,  funds  from  operations,  the  level  of  our  capital  and  development  expenditures,  any 
restrictions imposed by present or future debt instruments and changes in federal tax policies, if any.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Total  
Number of  
Shares of 
Common Stock 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced  
Program (2) 

Maximum 
Number of  
Shares of 
Common Stock
that May Yet 
Be Purchased 
Under the 
Program (2)

Total Number 
of Shares of  
Common Stock
Purchased (1)

Average Price
Paid per 
Share

Period 

Fourth quarter: 
October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013 ..................................   
November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013 ..........................   
December 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 ...........................   
Total ....................................................................................   

-     
-     
3,666     $
3,666     $

25.44      
25.44      

-        
-        
-        
-        

243,900  
243,900  
243,900  
243,900  

(1)  The shares repurchased were acquired from employees in connection with the settlement of income tax and related

benefit withholding obligations arising from vesting in restricted stock grants. 

(2)  Our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program in February 2007 for up to one million shares of our
common stock. As of December 31, 2013, we have spent approximately $14.4 million to purchase 756,100 shares of
our common stock on the open market under this program.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The  following  table  provides  certain  information  as  of  December 31,  2013  with  respect  to  our  equity  based 

compensation plans. 

(a) 
Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights    

(b) 
Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights      

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available 
for future issuance 
under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column 
(a))

Plan category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security 

holders(1)(2) ......................................................................   

874,252    $

19.76        

1,549,786 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security 

holders ...............................................................................   
Total .......................................................................................   

—     
874,252    $

—        
19.76        

— 
1,549,786 

(1)  Columns (a) and (b) include 874,252 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.  
(2)  The number of shares shown in column (c) represents the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to stock
options and other stock-based awards that could be granted in the future under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as 
amended. No additional stock options or other stock-based awards may be granted under the 1997 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Option Plan.  

27 

  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
      
        
        
           
 
      
        
        
           
 
  
     
  
     
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
      
         
  
    
 
 
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data.  

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data, other financial data and other operating data. The 
selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2013 
and  2012  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  The  selected 
consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this report. This information should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes,  and  Item 7  “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  all  of  which  are  included  elsewhere  in  this 
report.  

2013 
(1)(2)(3)

2012  
(1)(4)

Year Ended December 31, 
2011 
(5)(6)(7)
(dollars and shares in thousands) 

2010  
(5) 

Statement of operations data: 
Revenues: 

Non-emergency transportation services .................  $
Human services ......................................................   
Total revenues ................................................................   
Operating expenses: 

Cost of non-emergency transportation services ......   
Client service expense ............................................   
General and administrative expense .......................   
Depreciation and amortization ...............................   
Asset impairment charges ......................................   
Total operating expenses ................................................   
Operating income ...........................................................   
Non-operating (income) expenses 

Interest expense, net ...............................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt .............................   
(Gain) on bargain purchase ....................................   
Income before income taxes...........................................   
Provision for income taxes .............................................   
Net income .....................................................................  $

Net earnings per share data: 

770,246    $
352,436     
1,122,682     

750,658     $
355,231      
1,105,889      

581,541     $ 
361,439       
942,980       

537,776     $
341,921      
879,697      

710,428     
309,623     
48,633     
14,872     
492     
1,084,048     
38,634     

706,692      
304,084      
53,383      
15,023      
2,506      
1,081,688      
24,201      

6,894     
525     
-     
31,215     
11,777     
19,438    $

7,508      
-     
-     
16,693      
8,211      
8,482     $

539,417       
304,407       
48,861       
13,656       
-      
906,341       
36,639       

10,002       
2,463       
(2,711)     
26,885       
9,945       
16,940     $ 

474,129      
289,152      
46,461      
12,652      
-     
822,394      
57,303      

16,011      
-     
-     
41,292      
17,665      
23,627     $

2009

460,275  
340,738  
801,013  

415,300  
275,126  
44,010  
12,852  
- 
747,288  
53,725  

20,432  
- 
- 
33,293  
12,167  
21,126  

Diluted ...................................................................  $

1.41    $

0.64     $

1.27     $ 

1.78     $

1.60  

Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Diluted ...................................................................   

13,810     

13,355      

13,322       

14,965      

13,211  

Other data (8) (unaudited): 

States served: 

NET Services .....................................................   
Human Services .................................................   

Locations: 

NET Services .....................................................   
Human Services .................................................   

Employees: 

NET Services .....................................................   
Human Services .................................................   

Contracts: 

NET Services .....................................................   
Human Services .................................................   

Clients:  

40     
24     

35     
347     

2,253     
6,294     

83     
504     

38      
27      

36      
358      

1,990      
6,403      

84      
556      

34       
33       

33       
359       

38      
32      

34      
273      

1,476       
6,120       

1,430      
5,553      

76       
633       

66      
638      

39  
32  

36  
266  

1,349  
5,666  

65  
669  

NET Services (9) ................................................    15,842,051      15,084,571       11,318,902       
60,956       
Human Services .................................................   

56,320     

51,584      

8,232,202      
58,088      

7,697,125  
62,213  

28 

  
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
   
 
  
 
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
   
 
 
  2013 (1)(2)    

2012 (1)

As of December 31, 
2011 (7)
(dollars in thousands) 

2010 

2009

Balance sheet data: 
Cash and cash equivalents .....................................  $
Total assets ............................................................   
Long-term obligations, including current portion .   
Other liabilities ......................................................   
Total stockholders' equity .....................................   

98,995     $
424,758      
123,500      
150,621      
150,637      

55,863     $
391,737      
130,000      
143,050      
118,687      

43,184     $
379,053       
150,493       
119,537       
109,023       

61,261     $
386,933      
182,304      
115,880      
88,749      

51,157  
383,107  
204,213  
116,556  
62,338  

(1)  As a result of changes in British Columbia described above, we initiated intangible asset impairment valuations of our 
Canadian  business  and,  based  on  the  results,  we  recorded  impairment  charges  totaling  approximately  $2.5  million
related to our intangible assets other than goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2013 the not-for-
profit  entities  managed  by  Rio  Grande  Management  Company,  L.L.C.  (“Rio”),  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  were 
notified  of  the  termination  of  funding  for certain  of  their  services.  Due  to  this  change  in  funding,  the  not-for-profit 
entities Rio serves will not be able to maintain the level of business they historically experienced, which is expected to
result  in  the  decrease  or  elimination  of  services  provided  by  Rio.  Based  on  these  factors,  we  recorded  a  goodwill 
impairment charge of approximately $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

(2)  On August 2, 2013, we executed a new credit facility and paid all amounts due under the existing credit facility with 
proceeds  from  the  new  credit  facility.  The new  credit  agreement  provides  us with  a senior  secured credit  facility  in
aggregate  principal  amount of $225.0  million,  comprised  of  a  $60.0  million  term  loan  facility  and  a  $165.0  million
revolving  credit  facility.  In  conjunction  with  the  termination  of  the  previous  credit  facility,  we  recorded  a  loss  on
extinguishment of debt in 2013 of approximately $0.5 million. 

(3)  We incurred expense (net of benefit of forfeiture of stock based compensation) of approximately $1.3 million in 2013 

for severance payments related to two of our executive officers and a key employee.  

(4)  We incurred expense (net of benefit of forfeiture of stock based compensation) of approximately $1.3 million in 2012

for payments related to the retirement of two of our executive officers in 2012.  

(5)  As a result of our acquisition of ReDCo on June 1, 2011, we began consolidating the financial results of this entity,
which  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  management  fees  of  approximately  $1.1  million  for  2011  as  compared  to  2010.
Additionally,  this  acquired  entity  contributed  $20.3  million  of  home  and  community  based  service  revenue  during 
2011. 

(6)  One acquisition was completed in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, which affected the comparability of the 
information reflected in the selected financial data. See the year-to-year analysis included in Item 7 “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report for more information. 

(7)  On March 11, 2011, we executed a new credit facility and paid all amounts due under the existing credit facility with 
cash in the amount of $12.3 million and proceeds from the new credit facility. The new credit agreement provides us
with a senior secured credit facility in aggregate principal amount of $140.0 million, comprised of a $100.0 million
term  loan  facility  and  a  $40.0  million  revolving  credit  facility.  In  conjunction  with  the  termination  of  the  previous
credit facility, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2011 of approximately $2.5 million. 

(8)  “States  served,”  “Locations,”  “Employees”  and  “Contracts”  data  are  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  for  owned  entities.
“Clients” data represents the number of clients served during the last month of the period presented for owned entities.
“States served” excludes the District of Columbia and Canada.  

(9)  Non-emergency transportation services clients represent the number of individuals eligible to receive non-emergency 

transportation services. 

29 

  
 
 
  
   
    
   
 
  
 
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included 
in Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties 
and  assumptions.  Certain  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors,  including  but  not  limited  to  those  set  forth  in  Item 1A, 
entitled, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in 
the forward-looking statements.  

Overview of our business  

We provide government sponsored human services directly and through not-for-profit organizations whose operations 
we manage under contract, and we arrange for and manage non-emergency transportation services. As a result of, and in 
response to, the large and growing population of eligible beneficiaries of government sponsored human services and non-
emergency  transportation  services,  increasing  pressure  on  governments  to  control  costs  and  increasing  acceptance  of 
privatized human services, we have grown both organically and through strategic acquisitions.  

In  November  2012,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  retired,  and  we  retained  our  Lead 
Director to serve as Interim  Chief Executive Officer and hired a new Chief Financial Officer. In May 2013, our Interim 
Chief  Executive  Officer  was  appointed  as  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Our  executives  continue  to  focus  on  improving 
operating  efficiencies,  organic  and  acquisitive  growth,  and  developing  performance  management  systems  designed  to 
enhance  and  leverage  our  core  competencies.  Our  core  competencies  include  our  enduring  customer  relationships, 
geographic reach, breadth of services and experience, management of populations that consist primarily of covered lives 
and  provider  networks,  contract  bidding  infrastructure,  managed  care  contracting  experience  and  technology  platform 
development. By enhancing and leveraging these core competencies, we believe we can benefit from emerging trends in 
healthcare such as healthcare reform and integrated healthcare, which includes providing services to individuals who are 
eligible for both Medicaid and Medicare benefits. Further, by managing more populations eligible to receive our services, 
and outsourcing transportation management, we believe we can reduce the cost of care.    

While we believe we are well positioned to benefit from healthcare reform legislation and to offer our services to a 
growing population of individuals eligible to receive our services, there can be no assurances that programs under which 
we provide our services will receive continued or increased funding. Additionally, there can be no assurance of when the 
reform legislation will be fully implemented or when, and if, we will see any positive impact.  

We also believe we are positioned to potentially benefit from recent trends that favor our in-home provision of human 
services; however, budgetary pressures still exist that could reduce funding for the services we provide. Medicaid budgets 
are fluid and dramatic changes in the financing or structure of Medicaid could have a negative impact on our business. We 
believe  our  business  model  allows  us  to  make  adjustments  to  help  mitigate  state  budget  pressures  that  are  impacted  by 
federal spending.  

As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  were  providing  human  services  directly  to  over  56,000  unique  clients,  and  had 
approximately  15.8  million  individuals  eligible  to  receive  services  under  our  non-emergency  transportation  services 
contracts. We provided services to these clients from approximately 382 locations in 43 states and the District of Columbia 
in the United States and three provinces in Canada.  

30 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
How we grow our business and evaluate our performance  

Our  business  has  grown  internally  through  organic  expansion  into  new  markets,  increases  in  the  number  of  clients 

served under contracts that we or the entities we manage are awarded, and through strategic acquisitions.  

We typically pursue organic expansion into markets that are contiguous to our existing markets or where we believe 
we can quickly establish a significant presence. When we expand organically into a market, we typically have no clients or 
perform no management services in the market and are required to incur start-up costs including the costs of space, required 
permits and initial personnel. These costs are expensed as incurred and our new offices can be expected to incur losses for a 
period of time until we adequately grow our revenue from clients. 

We continue to selectively identify and pursue strategic acquisitions in markets where we see opportunities but where 
we lack the contacts and/or personnel to make a successful organic entry. Unlike organic expansion which involves start-up 
costs that may dilute earnings, expansion through acquisitions has generally been accretive to our earnings. However, we 
bear financing risk, and where debt is used, the risk of leverage by expanding through acquisitions. We also must integrate 
the acquired business into our operations which could disrupt our business and we may not be able to realize operating and 
economic synergies upon integration. Finally, our acquisitions may involve purchase prices in excess of the fair value of 
tangible assets and cash or receivables. This excess purchase price is allocated to intangible assets, including goodwill, and 
is subject to periodic evaluation and impairment or other write downs that are charges against our earnings. There are no 
assurances,  however,  that  we  will  complete  acquisitions  in  the  future  or  that  any  completed  acquisitions  will  prove 
profitable for us.  

In all our markets we focus on several key performance indicators in managing our business. Specifically, we focus 
on growth in the number of clients served, as that particular metric is the key driver of our revenue growth. We also focus 
on  the  number  of  employees  and  the  amount  of  outsourced  transportation  cost  as  these  items  are  our  most  important 
variable costs and the key to the management of our operating margins. Going forward we will focus on our core business 
to  make  it  more  efficient  and  effective  by  leveraging  our  technology  platforms  and  expanding  our  shared  services 
capability.  

How we earn our revenue  

We operate in two segments, Human Services and Non-Emergency Transportation Services (“NET Services”).  

Human Services  

Our  revenue  is  derived  from  our  provider  contracts  with  state  and  local  government  agencies  and  government 
intermediaries,  HMOs,  commercial  insurers,  and  from  our  management  contracts  with  not-for-profit  social  services 
organizations.  The  government  entities  that  pay  for  our  services  include  welfare,  child  welfare  and  justice  departments, 
public schools and state Medicaid programs. Under a majority of the contracts where we provide human services directly, 
we are paid an hourly fee. In other such arrangements, we receive a set monthly amount or we are paid amounts equal to 
the  costs  we  incur  to  provide  agreed  upon  services.  Additionally,  we  contract  to  manage  the  operations  of  not-for-profit 
social  services  organizations  and  receive  a  management  fee  that  is  either  based  upon  a  percentage  of  the  revenue  of  the 
managed entity or a predetermined fee. These revenues are presented in our consolidated statements of income as human 
services revenue.  

NET Services  

Where  we  provide  non-emergency  transportation  management  services,  we  contract  with  state  Medicaid  and  local 
agencies,  regional  and  medical  hospital  systems  or  private  managed  care  organizations.  Most  of  our  contracts  for  non-
emergency transportation management services are capitated, where we are paid on a per member, per month basis for each 
eligible member. We do not direct bill for services under our capitated contracts as our revenue is based on covered lives. 
Our school transportation contracts are with local governments and are paid on a per trip basis or per bus, per day basis. 
These revenues are presented in our consolidated statements of income as non-emergency transportation services revenue.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Critical accounting policies and estimates  

General  

In  preparing  our  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States,  or  GAAP,  we  are  required  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  amounts  reflected  in  our  financial 
statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable 
under  the  circumstances.  However,  actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or 
conditions.  

Critical accounting policies are those policies most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of 
operations.  These  policies  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments,  often  employing  the  use  of 
estimates  about  the  effect  of  matters  inherently  uncertain.  Our  most  critical  accounting  policies  pertain  to  revenue 
recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, accounting for business combinations, goodwill and 
other  intangible  assets,  accrued  transportation  costs,  loss  reserves  for  certain  reinsurance  and  self-funded  insurance 
programs, stock-based compensation and income taxes.  

Revenue recognition  

Human Services segment  

Fee-for-service  contracts. Revenue  related  to  services  provided  under  fee-for-service  contracts  is  recognized  at  the 
time  services  are  rendered  and  collection  is  determined  to  be  probable.  Such  services  are  provided  at  established  billing 
rates.  Fee-for-service  contracts  represented  approximately  72.0%,  72.5%  and  71.1%  of  our  Human  Services  segment 
revenue for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

As services are rendered, contract-specific documentation is prepared describing each service, time spent, and billing 
code  to  determine  and  support  the  value  of  each  service  provided  and  billed.  The  timing  and  amount  of  collection  are 
dependent  upon  compliance  with  the  billing  requirements  specified  by  each  payer.  Failure  to  comply  with  these 
requirements could delay the collection of amounts due to us under a contract or result in adjustments to amounts billed.  

The  performance  of  our  contracts  is  subject  to  the  condition  that  sufficient  funds  are  appropriated,  authorized  and 
allocated by each state, city or other local government. If sufficient appropriations, authorizations and allocations are not 
provided  by  the  respective  state,  city  or  other  local  government,  we  are  at  risk  for  uncollectible  amounts  or  immediate 
termination or renegotiation of the financial terms of our contracts. 

Cost-based service contracts. Revenues from our cost-based service contracts are recorded based on a combination of 
allowable direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated allowable margins on those incurred costs. These revenues 
are compared to annual contract budget limits and, depending on reporting requirements, allowances may be recorded for 
certain contingencies such as projected costs not incurred or excess cost per service over the allowable contract rate. We 
annually submit projected costs for the coming year, which assist the contracting payers in establishing the annual contract 
amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After the payers’ fiscal year end, we submit cost reports which 
are used by the payers to determine the need for any payment adjustments. Completion of the cost report review process 
may range from one month to several years. In cases where funds paid to us exceed the allowable costs to provide services 
under contract, we may be required to repay amounts previously received.  

Our cost reports are generally audited by payers annually. We periodically review our provisional billing rates and 
allocation of costs and provide for estimated payment adjustments. We believe that adequate provisions have been made in 
our consolidated financial statements for any material adjustments that  might result from the outcome of any cost report 
audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts are recorded in our consolidated statement of 
income  in  the  year  of  settlement.  Such  settlements  have  historically  not  been  material.  Cost-based  service  contracts 
represented approximately 20.3%, 18.6% and 19.3% of our Human Services operating segment revenue for 2013, 2012 and 
2011, respectively.  

Annual block purchase contract. Our annual block purchase contract requires us to provide or arrange for behavioral 
health  services  to  eligible  populations  of  beneficiaries  as  defined  in  the  contract.  We  must  provide  a  complete  range  of 
behavioral health clinical, case management, therapeutic and administrative services. We are obligated to provide services 
only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. Our annual funding allocation amount may be increased when 
our  patient  service  encounters  exceed  the  contract  amount;  however,  such  increases  are  subject  to  government 
32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
appropriation. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to us, or a specified 
limit  to  the  level  of  services  that  may  be  provided  to  these  beneficiaries  if  the  services  are  deemed  to  be  medically 
necessary. Therefore, we are at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated reimbursement.  

The terms of the contract may be reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of our 
contractual obligations; however, there is no assurance that amendments will be approved or that funding will be adequate. 
Our  revenues under  the  annual  block  purchase  contract  for 2013,  2012  and  2011 represented  approximately  5.4%, 5.4% 
and 6.1%, respectively, of our Human Services operating segment revenues for each year.  

Management  agreements. We  maintain  management  agreements  with  a  number  of  not-for-profit  social  services 
organizations whereby we provide certain management services. In exchange for our services, we receive a management 
fee  that  is  either  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  revenues  of  these  organizations  or  a  predetermined  fee.  We  recognize 
management  fees  revenue  as  such  amounts  are  earned,  as  defined  by  each  respective  management  agreement,  and 
collection of such amount is considered reasonably assured. Management fees earned under our management agreements 
represented  approximately  2.3%,  3.5%  and  3.5%  of  our  Human  Services  operating  segment  revenue  in  2013,  2012  and 
2011, respectively.  

The  costs  associated  with  rendering  these  management  services  are  primarily  shown  as  general  and  administrative 

expense in the consolidated statements of income.  

NET Services segment  

Capitation contracts. The majority of our non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated under capitated 
contracts where we assume the responsibility of meeting the covered transportation requirements of a specific geographic 
population for a fixed amount per period. Revenues under capitation contracts with our payers are based on per-member 
monthly fees for an estimated number of participants in the payer’s program.  

Fee-for-service  contracts. Revenues  earned  under  fee-for-service  contracts  are  recognized  when  the  service  is 
provided. Revenue under these types of contracts is based upon contractually established billing rates, less allowance for 
contractual  adjustments.  Estimates  of  contractual  adjustments  are  based  upon  payment  terms  specified  in  the  related 
agreements.  

Flat fee contracts.    Revenues earned under flat fee contracts are recognized ratably over the covered service period. 
Revenues  under  these  types  of  contracts  are  based  upon  contractually  established  monthly  flat  fees  that  do  not  fluctuate 
with any changes in the membership population that can receive our services. 

Deferred Revenue 

At  times  we  may  receive  funding  for  certain  services  in  advance  of  services  being  rendered.  These  amounts  are 

reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue until the services are rendered.  

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts  

Clients  are  referred  to  us  through  governmental  programs  and  we  only  provide  services  at  the  direction  of  a  payer 
under a contractual arrangement. These circumstances have historically minimized any uncollectible amounts for services 
rendered. However, we recognize that not all amounts recorded as accounts receivable will ultimately be collected.  

We record all accounts receivable amounts at their contracted amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. We 
maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount we estimate to be sufficient to cover the risk that an account will 
not be collected. We regularly evaluate our accounts receivable, especially receivables that are past due, and reassess our 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  specific  client  collection  issues.  In  circumstances  where  we  are  aware  of  a 
specific  payer’s  inability  to  meet  its  financial  obligation,  we  record  a  specific  addition  to  our  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably expect to collect.  

Our write-off experience for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was less than 1.0% of revenue.  

33 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Accounting for business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets 

When  we  consummate  an  acquisition  we  separately  value  all  acquired  identifiable  intangible  assets  apart  from 
goodwill in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 805 - Business Combinations. We analyze 
the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  at  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year.  When  analyzing  goodwill  for  impairment  we  first  assess 
qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test 
described below. If we determine, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a 
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we would calculate the fair value of the reporting unit and perform the 
two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  In  connection  with  our  year-end  asset  impairment  test,  we  reconcile  the 
aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization including a reasonable control premium. As part of 
this  annual  impairment  test,  we  also  compare  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  with  its  carrying  value,  including 
goodwill.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  fair  value,  there  is  an  indication  of  impairment.  If  an 
indication of impairment is identified, the impairment loss, if any, is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the 
reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the fair 
value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The 
excess  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  over  the  amount  assigned  to  its  other  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  is  the 
implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its 
implied fair value.  

Similarly conducted interim impairment tests may also be required in advance of our annual impairment test if events 
occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value, including goodwill, of one or more of 
our  reporting  units  below  the  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value.  Such  circumstances  could  include  but  are  not  limited  to: 
(1) loss  of  significant  contracts,  (2)  a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  climate  of  our  business, 
(3) unanticipated competition, (4) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, or (5) a significant decline in our stock 
price.  

In determining whether or not we had goodwill impairment to report for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011, we considered both a market-based valuation approach and an income-based valuation approach when estimating 
the fair values of our reporting units with goodwill balances as of such dates. The valuation methodology applied in 2013 
was consistent with our methodology in 2012 and 2011. Under the market approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is 
determined  using  one  or  more  methods  based  on  current  values  in  the  market  for  similar  businesses. Under  the  income 
approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the cash flow streams expected to be generated by the reporting 
unit over an appropriate period and then discounting the cash flows to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The 
income approach is dependent on a number of significant management assumptions, including estimates of future revenue 
and  expenses,  growth  rates  and  discount  rates.  Inherent  in  such  fair  value  determinations  are  certain  judgments  and 
estimates relating to future cash flows, including our interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations, 
and assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. To the extent additional information arises, market 
conditions  change  or  our  strategies  change,  it  is  possible  that  our  conclusion  regarding  whether  existing  goodwill  is 
impaired could change and result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  

Based on our annual asset impairment test completed as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we determined that 
none of our goodwill was impaired as of such dates. However, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of approximately 
$0.5 million as of June 30, 2013, which is discussed below under “Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to Year ended 
December 21, 2012- Operating Expenses-Impairment Charge”. The assumptions used to estimate fair value were based on 
estimates of future revenue and expenses incorporated in our current operating plans, growth rates and discounts rates, our 
interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations. Significant assumptions and estimates included in our 
current operating plans were associated with revenue growth, profitability, and related cash flows. The discount rate used to 
estimate fair value was risk adjusted in consideration of the economic conditions of the reporting units. We also considered 
assumptions that market participants may use. By their nature, these projections and assumptions are uncertain. Potential 
events and circumstances that could have an adverse effect on our assumptions include the lack of sufficient funds allocated 
by our state and local government payers to compensate us for the level of services we currently provide or the potential 
increased level of service we may be required to provide in the future due to the impact of the current economic downturn, 
and loss of a significant contract.  

34 

  
  
  
  
   
 
 
As of December 31, 2013, the fair values of our reporting units subject to quantitative testing substantially exceeded 

their carrying values. 

In connection with our acquisitions, we calculate the fair value of any management contracts, customer relationships, 
restrictive covenants, software licenses and developed technology. We assess whether any relevant factors limit the period 
over which acquired assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows for amortization purposes 
and determine an appropriate useful life for acquired customer relationships based on the expected period of time we will 
provide services to the payer. While we use discounted cash flows to value intangible assets, we have elected to use the 
straight-line method of amortization to determine amortization expense. If applicable, we assess the recoverability of the 
unamortized balance of our long-lived assets based on undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the review indicates that 
the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of any long-lived asset is 
recognized as an impairment loss.  

Based on our annual asset impairment analysis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we determined that there was no 
impairment of intangible assets, other than the intangible assets impairment of approximately $2.5 million recorded in the 
third quarter of 2012, which is discussed below under “Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 
31, 2012 – Operating Expenses – Asset Impairment Charge.”.  

Accrued transportation costs  

Transportation  costs  are  estimated  and  accrued  in  the  month  the  services  are  rendered  by  contracted  transportation 
providers, and are determined using gross reservations for transportation services less cancellations, and average costs per 
transportation  service  by  customer  contract.  Average  costs  per  contract  are  determined  by  historical  cost  trends.  Actual 
costs  relating  to  a  specific  accounting  period  are  monitored  and  compared  to  estimated  accruals.  Adjustments  to  those 
accruals are made based on reconciliations with actual costs incurred.  

Loss reserves for certain reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs  

We  reinsure  a  substantial  portion  of  our  automobile,  general  and  professional  liability  and  workers’  compensation 
costs  under  reinsurance  programs  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary  Social  Services  Providers  Captive  Insurance 
Company (“SPCIC”). SPCIC is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of Arizona. SPCIC maintains 
reserves  for  obligations  related  to  our  reinsurance  programs  for  our  automobile,  general  and  professional  liability  and 
workers’ compensation coverage.  

As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  SPCIC  had  reserves  of  approximately  $10.6  million  and  $8.8  million, 

respectively, for the automobile, general and professional liability and workers’ compensation programs.  

In addition, we own Provado Insurance Services, Inc. (“Provado”), a licensed captive insurance company domiciled 
in  the  State  of  South  Carolina. Provado  historically  provided  reinsurance  for  policies  written  by  a  third  party  insurer  for 
general  liability,  automobile  liability,  and  automobile  physical  damage  coverage  to  various  members  of  the  network  of 
subcontracted transportation providers and independent third parties within our NET Services operating segment. Effective 
February 15,  2011,  Provado  has  not  renewed  its  reinsurance  agreement  and  will  not  assume  additional  liabilities  for 
policies  commencing  thereafter.  It  continues  to  administer  existing  policies  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  to  resolve 
remaining and future claims related to these policies.  

Provado  maintains  reserves  for  obligations  related  to  the  reinsurance  programs  for  general  liability,  automobile 
liability,  and  automobile  physical  damage  coverage.  As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  Provado  recorded  reserves  of 
approximately $1.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We  utilize  analyses  prepared  by  third  party  administrators  and  independent  actuaries  based  on  historical  claims 
information  with  respect  to  the general  and  professional  liability  coverage, workers’  compensation  coverage,  automobile 
liability, and automobile physical damage to determine the amount of required reserves.  

We also maintain a self-funded health insurance program provided to our employees. With respect to this program, 
we  consider  historical  and  projected  medical  utilization  data  when  estimating  our  health  insurance  program  liability  and 
related  expense  as  well  as  using  services  of  a  third  party  administrator.  As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  we  had 
approximately $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, in reserve for our self-funded health insurance programs.  

We regularly analyze our reserves for incurred but not reported claims, and for reported but not paid claims related to 
our reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs. We believe our reserves are adequate. However, significant judgment 
is involved in assessing these reserves such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags between the claims’ incurred 
date,  reported  dates  and  paid  dates,  and  the  frequency  and  severity  of  claims.  There  may  be  differences  between  actual 
settlement amounts and recorded reserves and any resulting adjustments are included in expense once a probable amount is 
known. There were no significant adjustments recorded in the periods covered by this report. Any significant increase in 
the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these programs above our reserves could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial results.  

Stock-based compensation  

We  follow  the  fair  value  recognition  provisions  of  ASC  Topic  718  -  Compensation-Stock  Compensation  (“ASC 
718”),  which  requires  companies  to  measure  and  recognize  compensation  expense  for  all  share  based  payments  at  fair 
value. With respect to stock option awards, the fair value is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing formula and amortized over the option’s vesting periods. The Black-Scholes option-pricing formula requires us to 
make assumptions for the expected dividend yield, stock price volatility, life of options and risk-free interest rate.  

We  follow  the  short-cut  method  prescribed  by  ASC  718  to  calculate  our  pool  of  excess  tax  benefits  available  to 
absorb  tax  deficiencies  recognized  subsequent  to  the  adoption  of  ASC  718  (“APIC  pool”).  There  was  no  effect  on  our 
financial  results  for  2013,  2012  or  2011  related  to  the  application  of  the  short-cut  method  to  determine  our  APIC  pool 
balance.  

Under  ASC  718,  the  benefits  of  tax  deductions  in  excess  of  the  estimated  tax  benefit  of  compensation  costs 
recognized in the statement of income for those options are classified as financing cash flows. In 2013 we had net excess 
tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options of approximately $0.4 million (net of approximately $0.7 million in 
tax shortfalls resulting from the exercise of stock options). In 2012 and 2011, we had a net tax shortfall resulting from the 
exercise  and  cancellation  of  stock  options  of  approximately  $0.2  million  and  $0.1  million  (net  of  approximately  $0.1 
million and $17 thousand in excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options), respectively. The gross excess 
tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options are reflected as cash flows from financing activities for 2013, 2012 
and 2011 in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Our 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, or 2006 Plan, 
allows us the flexibility to issue up to 4,400,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to awards of stock options, stock 
appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units including restricted stock units and performance awards 
to employees, directors, consultants, advisors and others who are in a position to make contributions to our success and to 
encourage such persons to take into account our long-term interests and the interests of our stockholders through ownership 
of our common stock or securities with value tied to our common stock.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  income  taxes  are  determined  by  the  liability  method  in  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  740  -  Income  Taxes. 
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and are measured using 
the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation 
allowance which includes amounts for state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for which we have concluded 
that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  these  state  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  will  not  be  realized  in  the 
ordinary course of operations. We recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax 
expense.  

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Results of operations  

Segment  reporting.    Our  financial  operating  results  are  organized  and  reviewed  by  our  chief  operating  decision 
maker along our service lines in two reportable segments, Human Services and NET Services. We operate these reportable 
segments as separate divisions and differentiate the segments based on the nature of the services they offer. The following 
describes each of our segments.  

Human Services  

Human Services includes home and community based counseling, foster care and not-for-profit management services. 
Our operating entities within Human Services provide services primarily to individuals and families. All of our operating 
entities within Human Services follow similar operating procedures and methods in managing their operations, and each 
operating  entity  works  within  a  similar  regulatory  environment,  primarily  under  Medicaid  regulations.  We  manage  our 
operating  activities  within  Human  Services  by  actual  to  budget  comparisons  within  each  operating  entity  rather  than  by 
comparison between entities.  

Our  chief  operating  decision  maker  regularly  reviews  financial  and  non-financial  information  for  each  individual 
entity  within  Human  Services.  While  financial  performance  in  comparison  to  budget  is  evaluated  on  an  entity-by-entity 
basis, our operating entities comprising Human Services are aggregated into one reporting segment for financial reporting 
purposes  because  we  believe  that  the  operating  entities  exhibit  similar  long-term  financial  performance.  We  believe  the 
economic  characteristics  of  our  operating  entities  within  Human  Services  meet  the  criteria  for  aggregation  into  a  single 
reporting segment under ASC Topic 280-Segment Reporting.  

NET Services  

NET Services involves managing the delivery of non-emergency transportation services. We operate NET Services as 
a  separate  division  with  operational  management  and  service  offerings  distinct  from  our  Human  Services  operating 
segment. Gross margin performance of individual contracts is consolidated under the associated operating entity and direct 
general and administrative expenses are allocated to the operating entity. 

37 

  
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Consolidated Results 

The following table sets forth the percentage of consolidated total revenues represented by items in our consolidated 

statements of income for the periods presented:  

Revenues: 

Non-emergency transportation services ........................   
Human services.............................................................   
Total revenues ..............................................................   

68.6%    
31.4      
100.0      

67.9%     
32.1       
100.0       

61.7%
38.3  
100.0  

2013

Year Ended December 31, 
2012

2011

Operating expenses: 

Cost of non-emergency transportation services ............   
Client service expense ..................................................   
General and administrative expense .............................   
Depreciation and amortization ......................................   
Asset impairment charge ..............................................   
Total operating expenses ..................................................   

Operating income .............................................................   

Non-operating expense: 

Interest expense, net .....................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt ....................................   
Gain on bargain purchase .............................................   
Income before income taxes .............................................   
Provision for income taxes ...............................................  
Net income .......................................................................   

Overview of trends of our results of operations for 2013  

63.3      
27.6      
4.3      
1.3      
-      
96.5      

3.5      

0.6      
0.1      
-      
2.8      
1.1      
1.7%    

63.9       
27.5       
4.8       
1.4       
0.2       
97.8       

2.2       

0.7       
-       
-       
1.5       
0.7       
0.8%     

57.2  
32.3  
5.2  
1.4  
-  
96.1  

3.9  

1.0  
0.3  
(0.3) 
2.9  
1.1  
1.8%

Our Human Services revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012 were unfavorably impacted primarily by the termination 
of, and changes to, certain management service agreements and waivers granted under the No Child Left Behind Act, or 
NCLB. In addition, revenue from our Canadian operations declined for 2013 as compared to 2012 due to the impact of a 
reorganization  of  the  service  delivery  system  in  British  Columbia,  which  began  in  early  2012,  and  continued  increased 
competition  in  this  market.  The  implementation  of  new  programs  in  certain  of  our  markets  partially  offset  decreases  in 
these revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012. Payroll and related expenses (included in client service expense and general 
and administrative expense) also decreased in 2013 from 2012 by approximately $3.0 million, primarily due to personnel 
expenses which were eliminated as a result of contract terminations and changes. 

Our NET Services revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012 were favorably impacted by the expansion of business in 
our Georgia, Texas, New  York  and  South Carolina  markets,  rate  adjustments  and  continued  expansion of  our  California 
ambulance  commercial  and  managed  care  lines  of  business. The  additional  revenues  from  new  business  were  partially 
offset  by  the  transition  of  the  Connecticut  contract  from  a  full  risk  to  an  administrative  services  only  contract  effective 
February 1, 2013, and the termination of our Wisconsin Medicaid contract effective July 31, 2013. The results of operations 
for 2013 as compared to 2012 included an increase in revenue of 2.6% due to new business, while the cost of transportation 
increased by 0.5% during this period, contributing to improved margins for 2013.  

We  believe  the  industry  trend  away  from  the  more  expensive  out-of-home  service  providers  in  favor  of  home  and 
community based delivery systems like ours will continue. We believe that our effective, low cost home and community 
based service delivery system is becoming more attractive to certain payers that have historically only contracted with not-
for-profit  human  services  organizations.  We  also  believe  that  the  movement  toward  continued  outsourcing  of  healthcare 
related non-emergency transportation management by governmental agencies and managed care organizations is a positive 
trend  for  the  Company.  Further,  we  believe  we  are  well  positioned  to  benefit  from  emerging  trends  in  healthcare, 
particularly  the  development  of  integrated  models  of  healthcare  delivery  and  financing,  and  increased  focus  on  logistics 
management as an important factor in improving patient access to preventative and health management services. 

38 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
         
 
  
      
         
         
  
     
 
     
         
 
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
     
 
     
         
 
  
  
  
  
   
Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012  

Revenues  

Non-emergency  transportation  services.  Non-emergency  transportation  services  revenues  were  as  follows  (in 

thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,
2012
2013 

Dollar 
change

Percent 
change 

  $ 

770,246   

  $ 

750,658   

  $

19,588   

2.6% 

NET Services revenues were favorably impacted in 2013 by: 

● 
● 
● 
● 

● 
● 
● 

full year results from the expansion of two additional regions in South Carolina in February 2012; 
full year results from the expansion of two additional regions in Georgia in April and July 2012; 
full year results from the addition of our Dallas, Texas Medicaid contract in April 2012; 
the multi-phased implementation of the New York City administrative services contract which began in May 
2012 and was completed in the first quarter of 2013; 
implementation of various MCO contracts in Louisiana, Hawaii and Kansas; 
continued expansion of our California ambulance commercial and managed care lines of business; and 
rate adjustments matching historical utilization in a number of our contracts, as well as new rates for several
renewed and awarded contracts. 

These factors noted above were partially offset by a decrease in revenue resulting from the elimination and transition 
of  the  Connecticut  “at-risk”  contract  to  a  new  “administrative  services  only”  contract  implemented  in  February  2013,  as 
well  as  the  elimination  of  both  the  State  and  Southeast  Region  Medicaid  contracts  in  Wisconsin,  and  the  contract  in 
Arkansas. 

A significant portion of this revenue was generated under capitated contracts where we assumed the responsibility of 
meeting the covered transportation requirements of beneficiaries residing in a specific geographic region for fixed payment 
amounts per  beneficiary. Due  to  the fixed revenue  stream  and  variable  expense  structure of our NET  Services operating 
segment,  expenses  related  to  this  segment  vary  with  seasonal  fluctuations.  We  expect  our  operating  results  will 
continuously fluctuate on a quarterly basis.  

Human services. Human services revenues are comprised of the following (in thousands):  

Home and community based services ...................................  $
Foster care services ...............................................................   
Management fees ..................................................................   

2013
305,616     $
38,490      
8,330      

2012
309,300     $ 
33,534       
12,397       

  Year Ended December 31,    

Dollar 
change 

     Percent 
change

(3,684)    
4,956      
(4,067)    

-1.2%
14.8%
-32.8%

Total human services revenues ..........................................  $

352,436     $

355,231     $ 

(2,795)    

-0.8%

Home and community based services. Contract terminations in Florida and Canada, as well as the impact of waivers 
granted under the NCLB, led to a decrease in home and community based services revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012. 
Decreases in revenue also occurred due to reforms in managed care and a decrease in services provided in certain regions 
due to other contract losses and inclement weather. The decrease in revenue was partially offset by revenues derived from 
our new workforce development program in Wisconsin that began during 2013, as well as the impact of rate increases in 
certain programs during 2013 and the implementation of other new programs in various markets. 

39 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
        
  
   
   
 
 
Foster care services. Our foster care services revenues increased in 2013 from 2012 primarily as a result of expanding 
services into rural areas in Tennessee and a new contract in Texas. We expect the Texas contract to be fully implemented in 
2014. 

Management fees. The termination of, and changes to, certain management service agreements resulted in decreased 
management fees in 2013 as compared to 2012. We expect management fees to continue to decrease in 2014 and become a 
nominal part of our business. 

Operating expenses  

NET Services 

Cost  of  non-emergency  transportation  services.  Non-emergency  transportation  services  expenses  included  the 

following for 2013 and 2012 (in thousands): 

  Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Dollar 
change 

Percent 
change

Payroll and related costs ...............................................  $
Purchased services .......................................................   
Other operating expenses .............................................   
Stock-based compensation ...........................................   
Total cost of non-emergency transportation services  $

92,549     $
591,538      
25,261      
1,080      
710,428     $

79,048     $
600,494      
25,713      
1,437      
706,692     $

13,501       
(8,956)     
(452)     
(357)     
3,736       

17.1%
-1.5%
-1.8%
-24.8%
0.5%

Payroll  and  related  costs.  The  increase  in  payroll  and  related  costs  of  our  NET  Services  segment  for  2013  as 
compared  to  2012  was  due  to  additional  staff  hired  for  new  contracts  and  contract  expansions  in  Georgia,  Texas,  South 
Carolina and New York, along with additional staffing needed for expansion of the California ambulance commercial and 
managed care lines of business.  Payroll and related costs, as a percentage of NET Services revenue, increased to 12.0% for 
2013  from  10.5%  for  2012,  as  we  have  added  additional  call  center  staff  to  ensure  our  compliance  with  the  more 
demanding service authorization process and intake response time requirements of some of our new contracts, as well as 
transitioning  the  Connecticut  contract  and  various  New  York  managed  care  contracts  from  full  risk  contracts  to 
administrative services only contracts. All of these activities resulted in higher payroll and related costs as a percentage of 
consolidated revenue. 

Purchased  services.  We  subcontract  with  third  party  transportation  providers  to  provide  non-emergency 
transportation  services  to  our  clients.  The  termination  of  our  Arkansas  and  Wisconsin  contracts,  and  the  transition  to  an 
administrative services only contract in Connecticut, whereby we are only responsible for the authorization process, not the 
payment to transportation providers, has led to a decrease in purchased services. However, this decrease was partially offset 
by additional purchased service costs for our expanded business in Georgia, Texas, South Carolina and California for 2013 
as compared to 2012.  As a percentage of NET Services revenue, purchased services decreased to approximately 76.8% for 
2013, from 80.0% for 2012.  

Other  operating  expenses.  Other  operating  expenses  decreased  for  2013  as  compared  to  2012  due  primarily  to 
efficiencies gained as we optimized most of our call center and management infrastructure, as well as a reduction in new 
contract  implementation  costs.  Other  operating  expenses  as a  percentage  of  NET  Services  revenues  were 3.3%  for  2013 
and 3.4% for 2012. 

Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense was approximately $1.1 million and $1.4 million for 
2013 and 2012, respectively. This item was primarily comprised of the amortization of the fair value of stock options and 
restricted  stock  awarded  to  employees  of  our  NET  Services  segment  under  our  2006  Plan,  as  well  as  costs  related  to 
performance restricted stock units granted to an executive officer and a key employee. 

40 

  
   
  
  
   
  
   
    
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Human Services 

Client  service  expense. Client  service  expense  included  the  following  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013  and 

2012 (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Dollar 
change 

Percent 
change

Payroll and related costs .........................................  $
Purchased services .................................................   
Other operating expenses .......................................   
Stock-based compensation .....................................   
Total client service expense ................................  $

229,452     $
27,748      
51,792      
631      
309,623     $

228,782     $
26,000      
48,408      
894      
304,084     $

670       
1,748       
3,384       
(263)     
5,539       

0.3%
6.7%
7.0%
-29.4%
1.8%

Payroll and related costs. Our payroll and related costs increased in 2013 from 2012 primarily due to costs associated 
with a workforce development contract in Wisconsin that began in 2013, a new foster care program in Texas, 2013 bonus 
accruals and additional information technology staff added during 2013. These increases were partially offset by decreases 
in payroll in Florida and Canada and in our nationwide tutoring business, primarily as the result of contract terminations 
and  the  impact  of  waivers granted under  the  NCLB.  Payroll  and  related  costs  as  a  percentage of  revenue of our  Human 
Services segment were 65.1% for 2013 and 64.4% for 2012. 

Purchased  services.  We  incur  a  variety  of  other  support  service  expenses  in  the  normal  course  of  our  domestic 
business, including foster parent payments, pharmacy payments and out-of-home placements. In addition, we subcontract 
with a network of providers for a portion of the workforce development services we provide throughout British Columbia, 
Canada. In 2013, we experienced an increase in foster parent payments of approximately $2.7 million, which corresponds 
to the increase in foster care revenue. This increase in purchased services was partially offset by decreased costs resulting 
from  contract  terminations  in  Canada  of  approximately  $1.7  million  as  compared  to  2012.  Purchased  services,  as  a 
percentage of our Human Services segment revenues increased to 7.9% for 2013, up from 7.3% for 2012 due to the impact 
of foster parent payments relative to the level of related revenue.  

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses increased by approximately $0.7 million for 2013 as compared to 
2012  due  to  an  increase  in  incurred  but  not  reported  automobile,  general  liability  and  workers’  compensation  claims. 
Additionally,  other  operating  expenses  increased  by  approximately  $1.0  million  for  client  related  costs  including  client 
mileage and transportation, primarily related to new program expenses. Program start-up costs for our new Texas contract 
have also resulted in an increase in expense year over year. Other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue of our 
Human Services segment, increased to 14.7% for 2013 from 13.6% for 2012. 

Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense was approximately $0.6 million and $0.9 million for 
2013 and 2012, respectively. This item was primarily comprised of the amortization of the fair value of stock options and 
restricted  stock  awarded  to  key  employees  under  our  2006  Plan,  as  well  as  costs  related  to  performance  restricted  stock 
units granted to an executive officer.  

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expenses were as follows (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2013 

2012

Dollar 
change

Percent 
change 

  $

48,633     $

53,383     $

(4,750)    

-8.9% 

The  decrease  in  administrative  expenses  for  2013  as  compared  to  2012  was  primarily  a  result  of  a  net  decrease  in 
payroll and related costs of approximately $3.6 million. This net decrease included decreased costs attributable to changes 
in  management  service  agreements  and  decreased  severance  costs,  offset  by  an  increase  in  accrued  bonuses  for  2013. 
Additionally,  charitable  contribution  expense  declined  by  approximately  $1.7  million  as  compared  to  2012.  These  items 
were partially offset by an increase in facilities costs of approximately $0.7 million related to our NET Services segment 
growth  and  the  opening  of  new  operating  locations.  General  and  administrative  expense,  as  a  percentage  of  revenue, 
decreased  to  4.3%  in  2013  from  4.8%  in  2012,  primarily  due  to  the  decreases  in  general  and  administrative  expenses 
discussed above, as well as a total revenue increase of approximately 1.5% that did not significantly impact general and 
administrative expenses. 

41 

  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
  
   
 
 
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,

2013 

2012

Dollar 
change

Percent 
change 

  $

14,872     $

15,023     $

(151)    

-1.0% 

As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization was approximately 1.3% and 1.4% for 2013 and 2012, 

respectively.  

Asset impairment charge. Asset impairment charges were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,

2013 

2012

Dollar 
change

Percent 
change 

  $

492     $

2,506     $

(2,014)    

-80.4% 

During the second quarter of 2013, the not-for-profit entities managed by Rio Grande Management Company, L.L.C. 
(“Rio”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, were notified of the termination of funding for certain of their services. We expected 
that, due to this change in funding, the not-for-profit entities Rio serves will not be able to maintain the level of business 
they  historically  experienced,  which  was  expected  to  result  in  the  decrease  or  elimination  of  services  provided  by  Rio. 
Based on these factors, in connection with preparing our quarterly financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2013, 
we initiated an analysis of the fair value of goodwill and determined that goodwill related to Rio was impaired. Based on 
this determination, we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $0.5 million as of June 30, 2013 to reduce the carrying 
value of the related goodwill to zero.  

During 2012, WCG experienced a decline in its business due to the impact of a reorganization of the service delivery 
system in British Columbia. As part of this reorganization, all of the contracts for services in this market expired and new 
contracts were put up for bid. Due to an increased level of competition in British Columbia and a decrease in the number of 
services funded, WCG was unable to regain the level of business it experienced prior to the reorganization. The impact of 
this system reorganization was not fully realized until the conclusion of the transition to the new system in the third quarter 
of  2012  and  contributed  to  a  decrease  in  the  financial  results  of  operations  of  WCG  for  2012.  Due  to  these  factors,  we 
initiated an analysis of the fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and determined that customer relationships of 
WCG which comprise other intangible assets were impaired. Based on this determination, we recorded a non-cash charge 
of  approximately  $2.5  million  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  customer  relationship  intangible  assets  based  on  their 
estimated fair values as of September 30, 2012.  

Non-operating (income) expense  

Interest  expense.  Our  current  and  long-term  debt  obligations  have  decreased  to  approximately  $123.5  million  at 
December 31, 2013, from $130.0 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in our interest expense for 2013 as compared 
to 2012 primarily resulted from the decrease in outstanding debt, as well as a decrease in the interest rate from LIBOR plus 
2.25% - 3.00% to LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.50% under our credit facility as a result of the refinancing of our long-term debt 
in August 2013.  

Loss on extinguishment of debt. Loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $0.5 million for 2013 resulted from 
the  write-off  of  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  our  credit  facility  that  was  refinanced  in  full  in  August  2013  with 
proceeds of our amended and restated credit facility. We accounted for the unamortized deferred financing fees related to 
the previous credit facility under ASC 470-50 – Debt Modifications and Extinguishments. As current and previous credit 
facilities were loan syndications, and a number of lenders participated in both credit facilities, the Company evaluated the 
accounting for financing fees on a lender by lender basis and recorded a charge accordingly. 

Interest  income.  Interest  income  in  each  of  2013  and  2012  was  approximately  $0.1  million  and  resulted  primarily 

from interest earned on interest bearing bank and money market accounts.  

42 

  
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Provision for income taxes  

Our effective tax rate for 2013 and 2012 was 37.7% and 49.2%, respectively. Our effective tax rate was higher than 
the  United  States  federal  statutory  rate  of  35.0%  for  2013  and  2012  due  primarily  to  state  taxes  as  well  as  various non-
deductible  expenses.  The  2013  effective  tax  rate  was  favorably  impacted  primarily  by  disqualifying  dispositions  of 
incentive  stock  options.  The  2012  rate  was  favorably  impacted  by  the  final  determination  of  the  tax  benefits  related  to 
certain  liabilities  assumed  as  a  result  of  a  2011  acquisition,  but  was  unfavorably  impacted  by  lower  projected  income 
before  income  taxes,  which  was  primarily  due  to  the  $2.5  million  intangible  impairment  charge  recorded  in  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2012. 

Adjusted EBITDA  

After adjusting for the items noted in the table below, Adjusted EBITDA was $55.3 million for 2013 as compared to 

$43.6 million for 2012.  

EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  non-GAAP  measurements.  We  utilize  these  non-GAAP  measurements  as  a 
means  to  measure  overall  operating  performance  and  to  better  compare  current  operating  results  with  other  companies 
within our  industry. Details  of  the  excluded  items  and  a reconciliation of  the non-GAAP  financial measures  to  the  most 
comparable  GAAP  financial  measure  are  presented  in  the  table  below.  The  non-GAAP  measures  do  not  replace  the 
presentation  of  our  GAAP  financial  results.  We  have  provided  this  supplemental  non-GAAP  information  because  we 
believe  it  provides  meaningful  comparisons  of  the  results  of  our  operations  for  the  periods  presented.  The  non-GAAP 
measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative for, GAAP and may be different from non-GAAP measures used by 
some other companies.  

(in thousands) 
Year ended December 31,
2012
2013

Net income .......................................................................................................  $

19,438     $ 

Interest expense, net ..........................................................................................   
Provision for income taxes ................................................................................   
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................................   

6,894       
11,777       
14,872       

EBITDA ...........................................................................................................   

52,981       

Asset impairment charge (a) .............................................................................   
Payments related to retirement of executive officers, net (b) ............................   
Strategic alternatives costs (c) ...........................................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt (d) ...................................................................   

492       
1,277       
-      
525       

8,482  

7,508  
8,211  
15,023  

39,224  

2,506  
1,293  
593  
- 

Adjusted EBITDA ...........................................................................................  $

55,275     $ 

43,616  

a)  Due to asset impairment charges taken in 2013 related to Rio and in 2012 related to WCG.  
b)  Represents payments related to the retirement or termination of certain executives and a key employee, net of benefit of

forfeiture of stock based compensation upon their departure. 

c)  Represents costs incurred related to our review of strategic alternatives arising from unsolicited proposals to take our 
company private. We terminated this review in June 2012 upon determining that a continued focus on our operations
was the best alternative to maximize shareholder value.  

d)  Represents a loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of deferred financing fees related to our credit 

facility that was refinanced in full in August 2013.  

43 

  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
 
  
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011  

Revenues  

Non-emergency  transportation  services.  Non-emergency  transportation  services  revenues  were  as  follows  (in 

thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,

2012 

2011

Dollar change

Percent change 

  $

750,658     $

581,541     $

169,117      

29.1% 

NET Services revenue was favorably impacted by the following:  

•   a new contract in Wisconsin effective July 1, 2011;  

•   re-contracting of the Missouri program in November 2011;  

•   geographical expansion and positive rate adjustment of our contracts in New Jersey;  

•   expansion of our regional Connecticut contract to a statewide contract;  

•   re-award of the two additional South Carolina regions in February 2012;  

•   the award of two additional regions in Georgia;  

•   a new contract in Texas which began in April 2012;  

•   multiple phases of a state administered New York City contract which began in May 2012;  

•   implementation of a Wisconsin contract effective September 1, 2012; and  

•   continued expansion of our California ambulance commercial and managed care lines of business.  

Human services. Human services revenues are comprised of the following (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

Dollar 
change 

Percent 
change

Home and community based services .................  $
Foster care services .............................................   
Management fees ................................................   
Total human services revenues ........................  $

309,300     $
33,534      
12,397      
355,231     $

314,556     $
34,204     $
12,679     $
361,439     $

(5,256)      
(670)      
(282)      
(6,208)      

-1.7%
-2.0%
-2.2%
-1.7%

 Home  and  community  based  services.  Contract  price  reductions  in  Arizona,  contract  terminations  in  Michigan, 
Texas, Virginia and Canada, the impact of waivers granted under NCLB and reforms in managed care in certain regions led 
to a decrease in home and community based services revenue for 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease in revenue was 
partially  offset  by  the  acquisition  of  ReDCo  in  June  2011,  which  contributed  approximately  $15.1  million  to  home  and 
community based services revenue for 2012 as compared to 2011. Further offsetting the decrease in revenue from 2012 to 
2011  was  the  impact  of  increased  census  in  certain  locations  as  well  as  new  programs  being  implemented  in  various 
markets.  

44 

  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
     
 
  
 
   
   
     
 
   
   
 
 
Foster care services. Our foster care services revenue decreased from 2011 to 2012 primarily as a result of a new per 
diem rate structure implemented in Indiana in January 2012, which reduced payments for foster care services in that state as 
well as a decrease in foster care services provided in Arizona, Oregon and Nevada due to reduced payer authorizations for 
these services. This decrease, however, was partially offset by increased foster care services provided in Tennessee as we 
continue to build our foster care program in that state.  

Management fees. Fees for management services provided to certain not-for-profit organizations under management 
services  agreements  decreased  in 2012  as compared  to 2011 primarily  due  to  our  acquisition of  ReDCo, with whom  we 
previously had a management services agreement. The acquisition of ReDCo resulted in a reduction of management fees of 
approximately $0.8 million in 2012.  

Operating expenses  

NET Services 

Cost of non-emergency transportation services. Cost of non-emergency transportation services expense included the 

following for 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

Dollar 
change 

Percent 
change

Payroll and related costs ..................................  $
Purchased services ..........................................   
Other operating expenses ................................   
Stock-based compensation ..............................   
Total cost of non-emergency transportation 

79,048     $
600,494      
25,713      
1,437      

58,289     $
455,888      
24,043      
1,197      

20,759       
144,606       
1,670       
240       

services ....................................................  $

706,692     $

539,417     $

167,275       

35.6%
31.7%
6.9%
20.1%

31.0%

Payroll and related costs. The increase in payroll and related costs of our NET Services operating segment for 2012 
as compared to 2011 was due to additional staff hired to service a new statewide Wisconsin contract effective July 1, 2011, 
as well as the expansion of our existing business in New Jersey, along with additional staffing needed for expansion of the 
California ambulance commercial and managed care lines of business. In addition, we re-entered the State of Missouri on 
October 31, 2011 and hired staff for program implementations in Connecticut, Georgia, New York City, South Carolina, 
Texas and Wisconsin commencing at various times from February 2012 to September 2012. Payroll and related costs, as a 
percentage of NET Services revenue, increased to 10.5% for 2012 from 10.0% for 2011 as additional staff is needed during 
the first three months of most contracts and or until volume and calls stabilize. In addition, some of these new contracts, 
such as Texas are more labor intensive than some of our other historical programs.  

Purchased  services.  We  subcontract  with  third  party  transportation  providers  to  provide  non-emergency 
transportation services to our clients. For 2012, we experienced higher utilization than in 2011 primarily due to relatively 
warmer weather during the winter months resulting in fewer cancellations of scheduled trips. Additionally, since 2011, we 
have added a statewide contract in Wisconsin, completed the operations expansion into all counties in New Jersey as well 
as adding all of New Jersey’s managed care lives to the population we serve. Furthermore, we began a state-wide contract 
in  Missouri,  expanded  in  Connecticut,  Georgia  and  South  Carolina,  and  implemented  new  contracts  in  New  York  and 
Texas.  These  factors  resulted  in  an  increase  in  purchased  transportation  costs  for  2012  as  compared  to  2011. As  a 
percentage of NET Services revenue, purchased services increased to approximately 80.0% for 2012 from approximately 
78.4%  for  2011  as  a  result  of  competitively  bid  contracts  as  well  as  higher  utilization  within  existing  and  expanded 
contracts.  

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses increased for 2012 as compared to 2011 due primarily to contract 
start-up  and  implementation  related  expenses  such  as  member  communications,  telecommunications,  software 
maintenance, business taxes and training. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in claims expense related to 
Provado Insurance Services, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary), or Provado, which did not renew its reinsurance agreement 
or  assume  liabilities  for  insurance  policies  after  February 15,  2011,  as  well  as,  a  decrease  in  consulting  services.  Other 
operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 3.4% for 2012 from 4.1% for 2011 as a result of these factors.  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
 
  
  
   
   
    
 
   
  
  
   
 
 
Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense primarily consisted of approximately $1.4 million and 
$1.1  million  for  2012  and  2011,  respectively,  which  represents  the  amortization  of  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  and 
restricted stock awarded to employees of our NET Services operating segment since January 1, 2009 under our 2006 Plan. 
In  addition,  stock-based  compensation  expense  included  costs related  to performance  restricted  stock  units  granted to  an 
executive officer. 

Human Services 

Client service expense.    Client service expense included the following for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 

2011 (in thousands):   

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

Dollar 
change 

Percent 
change

Payroll and related costs ..................................  $
Purchased services ..........................................   
Other operating expenses ................................   
Stock-based compensation ..............................   
Total client service expense .........................  $

228,782     $
26,000      
48,408      
894      
304,084     $

222,129     $
32,880      
48,588      
810      
304,407     $

6,653       
(6,880 )     
(180 )     
84       
(323 )     

3.0%
-20.9%
-0.4%
10.4%
-0.1%

Payroll and related costs. Our payroll and related costs increased from 2011 to 2012 because we added over 600 new 
employees  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  ReDCo,  which  resulted  in  an  increase  in  payroll  and  related  costs  of 
approximately  $12.6  million  for  2012  as  compared  to  2011.  In  addition,  we  experienced  increased  healthcare  claims 
activity under our self-funded employee health plan, which resulted in increased expense of approximately $1.4 million for 
2012 as compared to 2011. These increases were partially offset by a net decrease in payroll in Michigan, Texas, Virginia 
and  Canada  as  a  result  of  contract  terminations  in  these  markets.  As  a  percentage  of  revenue  of  our  Human  Services 
segment, payroll and related costs increased to 64.4% for 2012 from 61.5% for 2011 primarily due to the impact of higher 
payroll and related costs of ReDCo relative to its revenue contribution and increased healthcare claims activity under our 
self-funded employee health plan.  

Purchased services. We subcontract with a network of providers for a portion of the workforce development services 
we provide throughout British Columbia. In addition, we incur a variety of other support service expenses in the normal 
course  of  business  including  foster  parent  payments,  pharmacy  payments  and  out-of-home  placements.  In  2012  we 
experienced decreased costs resulting from contract terminations in Canada of approximately $4.5 million, decreased cost 
of  other  support  services  of  approximately  $1.0  million,  and  decreased  foster  parent  payments  of  approximately  $1.3 
million, as compared to 2011. Purchased services, as a percentage of our Human Services segment revenue, decreased to 
7.3% for 2012 from 9.1% for 2011 due to the fact that we incurred only nominal additional purchased services expense as a 
result of the inclusion of ReDCo relative to the revenue contributed by this acquired business.  

Other operating expenses. The acquisition of ReDCo added approximately $1.7 million to other operating expenses 
for 2012 as compared to 2011. In addition, expense related to our wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary for workers 
compensation  and  general  and  professional  liability  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  increased  for  2012  as  compared  to 
2011  due  to  a  change  in  the  estimated  cost  of  these  claims  as  determined  by  actuarial  analysis.  The  increase  in  other 
operating expenses was partially offset by decreased costs associated with our Michigan, Texas and Canada operations due 
to contract terminations. As a result, other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue of our Human Service segment, 
increased to 13.6% for 2012 from 13.4% for 2011.  

Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense primarily consisted of approximately $0.8 million and 
$0.7  million  for  2012  and  2011,  respectively,  which  represents  the  amortization  of  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  and 
restricted  stock  awarded  to  key  employees  since  January 1,  2009  under  our  2006  Plan.  In  addition,  stock-based 
compensation expense included costs related to performance restricted stock units granted to an executive officer. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
   
    
 
  
  
   
   
    
 
   
  
  
  
   
 
 
General and administrative expense. General and administrative expenses were as follows (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2012 

2011

Dollar  
change

Percent  
change 

  $

53,383     $

48,861     $

4,522      

9.3% 

The increase in corporate administrative expenses for 2012 as compared to 2011 was primarily a result of an increase 
of  approximately  $2.5  million  in  rent  and  related  charges,  of  which  approximately  $0.9  million  related  to  the  ReDCo 
acquisition.  Additionally,  corporate  administrative  expenses  for  2012  as  compared  to  2011  increased  due  to  payments 
related  to  the  retirement  of  two  executive  officers  in  November  2012  of  approximately  $2.2  million  and  rent  expense 
related to unused office space of approximately $0.4 million. Partially offsetting the increase in corporate administrative 
expenses for 2012 as compared to 2011 was a decrease in stock compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million due 
to the forfeiture of stock based compensation related to the retirement of two executive officers in 2012, net of accelerated 
vesting  of  restricted  stock  grants  due  to  the  death  of  a  company  director.  Corporate  administrative  costs  also  included 
expenses of approximately $0.6 million related to third party professional fees associated with the consideration of strategic 
alternatives, which resulted in increased expense for 2012 as compared to 2011. As a percentage of revenue, general and 
administrative  expense  decreased  to  4.8%  for  2012  from  5.2%  for  2011  due  to  revenue  growth  outpacing  the  growth  in 
corporate administrative expenses.  

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization were as follows (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,

2012 

2011

Dollar 
change

Percent 
change 

  $

15,023     $

13,656     $

1,367      

10.0% 

As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization was approximately 1.4% for 2012 and 2011.  

Asset impairment charge  

During 2012, WCG experienced a decline in its business due to the impact of a reorganization of the service delivery 
system in British Columbia. As part of this reorganization, all of the contracts for services in this market expired and new 
contracts were put up for bid. Due to an increased level of competition in British Columbia and a decrease in the number of 
services funded, WCG was unable to regain the level of business it experienced prior to the reorganization. The impact of 
this system reorganization was not fully realized until the conclusion of the transition to the new system in the third quarter 
of 2012 and contributed to a decrease in the financial results of operations of WCG for 2012. Based on these factors, we 
initiated  an  analysis  of  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  and  determined  that  customer  relationships 
which comprise other intangible assets were impaired at September 30, 2012. Based on this determination, we recorded a 
non-cash  charge  of  approximately  $2.5  million  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  customer  relationships  based  on  their 
estimated fair values.  

Non-operating (income) expense  

Interest expense. Our current and long-term debt obligations have decreased to $130.0 million at December 31, 2012 
from approximately $150.5 million at December 31, 2011, which was a significant factor contributing to the decrease in 
our interest expense for 2012 as compared to 2011. Additionally, in March 2011, our interest rate under our credit facility 
decreased from LIBOR plus 6.5% to LIBOR plus 2.75% due to the refinancing of our long-term debt.  

Loss on extinguishment of debt. Loss on extinguishment of debt for 2011 of approximately $2.5 million resulted from 
the  write-off  of  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  our  credit  facility  that  was  refinanced  in  full  in  March  2011.  We 
accounted  for  the  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  the  previous  credit  facility  under  ASC  470-50  –  Debt 
Modifications  and  Extinguishments.  As  current  and  previous  credit  facilities  were  loan  syndications,  and  a  number  of 
lenders participated in both credit facilities, the Company evaluated the accounting for financing fees on a lender by lender 
basis, which resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.5 million. 

47 

  
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Gain on bargain purchase. On June 1, 2011, we acquired all of the equity interest of ReDCo. The fair value of the net 
assets acquired of approximately $11.3 million exceeded the purchase price of the business of approximately $8.6 million. 
Accordingly,  the  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  bargain  purchase  and,  as  a  result,  we  recognized  a  gain  of 
approximately $2.7 million associated with the acquisition.  

Interest income. Interest income for 2012 and 2011 was approximately  $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, 

and resulted primarily from interest earned on interest bearing bank and money market accounts.  

Provision for income taxes  

Our  effective  tax  rate  from  continuing  operations  for  2012  and  2011  was  49.2%  and  37.0%,  respectively.  Our 
effective tax rate was higher than the United States federal statutory rate of 35.0% for 2011 and 2012 due primarily to state 
taxes  as well  as  non-deductible  stock option  expense. Additionally,  the  tax  rate for 2011 was favorably  impacted by  the 
gain on bargain purchase, recorded net of deferred taxes of approximately $1.4 million, which was not subject to income 
taxation.  Further,  the  effective  tax  rate  for  2012  was  favorably  impacted  by  the  final  determination  of  the  tax  benefits 
related  to  certain  liabilities  assumed  as  a  result  of  a  2011 acquisition  and  unfavorably impacted  by  lower  income  before 
income taxes, which was partially due to the $2.5 million asset impairment charge recorded in the quarter ended September 
30, 2012.    

Adjusted EBITDA  

After adjusting for the items noted in the table below, Adjusted EBITDA was $43.6 million for 2012 as compared to 

$50.3 million for 2011.  

48 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  non-GAAP  measurements.  We  utilize  these  non-GAAP  measurements  as  a 
means  to  measure  overall  operating  performance  and  to  better  compare  current  operating  results  with  other  companies 
within our  industry. Details  of  the  excluded  items  and  a reconciliation of  the non-GAAP  financial measures  to  the  most 
comparable  GAAP  financial  measure  are  presented  in  the  table  below.  The  non-GAAP  measures  do  not  replace  the 
presentation  of  our  GAAP  financial  results.  We  have  provided  this  supplemental  non-GAAP  information  because  we 
believe  it  provides  meaningful  comparisons  of  the  results  of  our  operations  for  the  periods  presented.  The  non-GAAP 
measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative for, GAAP and may be different from non-GAAP measures used by 
some other companies. 

(in thousands) 
Year ended December 31,
2011
2012

Net income .......................................................................................................  $

8,482     $ 

Interest expense, net ..........................................................................................   
Provision for income taxes ................................................................................   
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................................   

7,508       
8,211       
15,023       

EBITDA ...........................................................................................................   

39,224       

Asset impairment charge (a) .............................................................................   
Payments related to retirement of executive officers, net (b) ............................   
Strategic alternatives costs (c) ...........................................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt (d) ...................................................................   
Gain on bargain purchase (e) ............................................................................   

2,506       
1,293       
593       
-      
-      

16,940  

10,002  
9,945  
13,656  

50,543  

- 
- 
- 
2,463  
(2,711)

Adjusted EBITDA ...........................................................................................  $

43,616     $ 

50,295  

a)  Due  to  the  impact  of  a  reorganization  of  the  service  delivery  system  in  British  Columbia,  Canada  during  2012  that
required WCG to rebid all of its contracts, we recorded an asset impairment charge totaling approximately $2.5 million
related to WCG’s intangible assets for 2012.  

b)  Represents  payments  related  to  the  retirement  of  the  Company’s  former  CEO  and  CFO  in  2012,  net  of  benefit  of

forfeiture of stock based compensation upon their departure. 

c)  Represents costs incurred related to our review of strategic alternatives arising from unsolicited proposals to take our
company private. We terminated this review in June 2012 upon determining that a continued focus on our operations
was the best alternative to maximize shareholder value.  

d)  Represents a loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of deferred financing fees related to our credit 

facility that was refinanced in full in March 2011.  

e)  Represents a gain associated with our acquisition of ReDCo in 2011 where the fair value of the acquired entity’s net 

assets exceeded the purchase price of the entity.  

Seasonality  

Our quarterly operating results and operating cash flows normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our 
business.  In  our  Human  Services  operating  segment,  lower  client  demand  for  our  home  and  community  based  services 
during the holiday and summer seasons generally results in lower revenue during those periods. However, our operating 
expenses related to the Human Services operating segment do not vary significantly with these changes. As a result, our 
Human Services operating segment typically experiences lower operating margins during the holiday and summer seasons. 
Our  NET  Services  operating  segment  also  experiences  fluctuations  in  demand  for  our  non-emergency  transportation 
services during the summer, winter and holiday seasons. Due to higher demand in the summer months and lower demand in 
the winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a primarily fixed revenue stream based on a per member, per month payment 
structure, our NET Services operating segment normally experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and 
higher operating margins in the winter and holiday seasons.  

49 

   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
Liquidity and capital resources  

Short-term  liquidity  requirements  consist  primarily  of  recurring  operating  expenses  and  debt  service  requirements. 
We expect to meet these requirements through available cash on hand, the generation of cash from our operating segments 
and from our revolving credit facility.  

Cash flow from operations was our primary source of cash in 2013. Our balance of cash and cash equivalents was 
approximately $99.0 million and $55.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Approximately $4.6 million 
of  cash  was  held  by  WCG  at  December  31,  2013,  and  is  not  available  to  fund  domestic  operations  unless  the  funds  are 
repatriated. The repatriation of funds would be subject to certain taxes and fees that are prohibitive, and as such, we do not 
currently intend to repatriate funds held internationally. We had restricted cash of approximately $15.7 million and $12.7 
million  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  respectively,  related  to  contractual  obligations  and  activities  of  our  captive 
insurance  subsidiaries  and  other  subsidiaries.  At  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  our  total  debt  was  approximately  $123.5 
million and $130.0 million, respectively.  

We  may  access  capital  markets  to  raise  equity  financing  for  various  business  reasons,  including  required  debt 
payments and acquisitions. The timing, term, size, and pricing of any such financing will depend on investor interest and 
market conditions, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such financing. In addition, with respect 
to  required  debt  payments,  our  credit  agreement  requires  us,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  as  set  forth  in  the  credit 
agreement, to prepay the outstanding loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds received from 
certain asset dispositions, debt issuances, insurance and casualty awards and other extraordinary receipts. 

Cash flows  

Operating activities. We generated net cash flows from operating activities of approximately $55.2 million for 2013. 
These  cash  flows  included  net  income  of  approximately  $19.4  million,  and  net  non-cash  items  including  depreciation, 
amortization,  amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs,  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  provision  for  doubtful  accounts, 
stock-based compensation, deferred income taxes, asset impairment charge and other items of approximately $19.1 million. 
The  balance  of  the  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  is  primarily  due  to  the  net  effect  of  changes  in  other  working 
capital items, including the following significant items: 

●  approximately $18.9 million due to the increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily attributable

to the timing of payments related to non-emergency transportation contract reimbursements; and 

●  approximately  $6.4  million  related  to  the  decrease  in  accrued  purchased  transportation  primarily  due  to  the
termination  of  the  two  Wisconsin  NET  Services  contracts  effective  July  31,  2013  and  the  transition  to  an 
administrative services only contract in Connecticut. 

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities totaled approximately $13.8 million for 2013. Approximately 
$10.2  million  was  used  to  purchase  property  and  equipment  to  support  the  growth  of  our  operations.  Additionally, 
approximately $2.8 million of this amount related to an increase in restricted cash, which was primarily due to the annual 
insurance policy renewals and the opening of a trust account for our wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary.  

Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities totaled approximately $2.1 million for 2013. Under the 
amended  and  restated  credit  facility  we  entered  into  in  August  2013,  we  borrowed  $60.0  million  under  a  term  loan  and 
$16.0  million  from  our  revolving  credit  facility,  and  repaid  approximately  $82.5  million  of  existing  long-term  debt.  We 
also paid financing fees associated with the refinancing of our long-term debt, of which approximately $0.3 million were 
expensed and approximately $1.8 million were deferred and  are being amortized over the life of the credit facility. Cash 
provided by financing activities also included $11.2 million of cash received from employee stock option exercises and the 
related excess tax benefits. 

Obligations and commitments  

Convertible  senior  subordinated  notes.  On  November 13,  2007,  we  issued  $70.0  million  in  aggregate  principal 
amount  of  6.5%  Convertible  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  (“Senior  Notes”),  under  the  amended  note  purchase  agreement 
dated November 9, 2007 to the purchasers named therein in connection with the acquisition of Charter LCI Corporation, 
including  its  subsidiaries,  collectively  referred  to  as  LogistiCare.  Approximately  $47.5  million  of  the  Senior  Notes 
remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and are due in 2014. The proceeds of $70.0 million were used to partially 

50 

  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
fund  the  cash  portion  of  the  purchase  price  paid  by  us  to  acquire  LogistiCare.  The  Senior  Notes  are  general  unsecured 
obligations subordinated in right of payment to any existing or future senior debt. 

In  connection  with  our  issuance  of  the  Senior  Notes,  we  entered  into  an  Indenture  between  us,  as  issuer,  and  The 

Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, or the Indenture.  

We  pay  interest  at  a  rate  of  6.5%  per  annum  on  the  Senior  Notes  in  cash  semiannually  in  arrears  on  May 15  and 

November 15 of each year. The Senior Notes will mature on May 15, 2014.  

The Senior Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into our common stock at a conversion rate, subject to 
adjustment as provided for in the Indenture, of 23.982 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes. This conversion 
rate  is  equivalent  to  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $41.698  per  share.  On  and  after  the  occurrence  of  a 
fundamental change (as defined below), the Senior Notes will be convertible at any time prior to the close of business on 
the business day before the stated maturity date of the Senior Notes. In the event of a fundamental change as described in 
the Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes shall have the right to require us to repurchase the Senior Notes for cash. A 
fundamental  change  includes  among  other  things:  (i) the  acquisition  in  a  transaction  or  series  of  transactions  of  50%  or 
more of the total voting power of all shares of our capital stock; (ii) a merger or consolidation of our company with or into 
another  entity,  merger  of  another  entity  into  our  company,  or  the  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our 
assets  to  another  entity  (other  than  to  one  or  more  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries),  other  than  any  such  transaction 
(A) pursuant to which holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote in the election 
of directors immediately prior to such transaction have or are entitled to receive, directly or indirectly, at least 50% or more 
of  the  total  voting  power  of  the  capital  stock  entitled  to  vote  in  the  election  of  directors  of  the  continuing  or  surviving 
corporation immediately after such transaction or (B) which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of 
our  company  and  results  in  a  reclassification,  conversion  or  exchange  of  outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock  into 
solely shares of common stock; (iii) if, during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of that 
two-year period constituted our board of directors, together with any new directors whose election to our board of directors 
or whose nomination for election by our stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in 
office  who  were  either  directors  at  the  beginning  of  such  period  or  whose  election  or  nomination  for  election  was 
previously  approved,  cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  a  majority  of  our  board  of  directors  then  in  office;  (iv) if  a 
resolution  approving  a  plan  of  liquidation  or  dissolution  of  our  company  is  approved  by  our  board  of  directors  or  our 
stockholders; and (v) upon the occurrence of a termination of trading as defined in the Indenture.  

The  Indenture  contains  customary  terms  and  provisions  that  provide  that  upon  certain  events  of  default,  including, 
without limitation, the failure to pay amounts due under the Senior Notes when due, the failure to perform or observe any 
term, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, or certain defaults under other agreements or instruments, occurring and 
continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes then 
outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of  the  Senior  Notes  and  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  through  the  date  of  such 
declaration  immediately  due  and payable. Upon  any  such  declaration, such  principal,  premium,  if  any,  and  interest  shall 
become  due  and  payable  immediately.  In  the  case  of  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  relating  to  us  or  any 
significant subsidiary of our company, the principal amount of the Senior Notes together with any accrued interest through 
the occurrence of such event shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or 
other act of the Trustee or the holders of the Senior Notes.   

During 2012, we repurchased approximately $2.5 million principal amount of the Senior Notes with cash.  

Credit  facility. On  August  2,  2013,  we  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  with  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, SunTrust Bank, as syndication agent, 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and 
joint  book  managers  and  other  lenders  party  thereto.  The  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  provides  us  with  a 
senior secured credit facility, or the New Senior Credit Facility, in aggregate principal amount of $225.0 million, comprised 
of a $60.0 million term loan facility and a $165.0 million revolving credit facility. The New Senior Credit Facility includes 
sublimits  for  swingline  loans  and  letters of credit  in  amounts  of  up  to $10.0  million  and $25.0  million,  respectively.  On 
August  2,  2013,  we  borrowed  the  entire  amount  available  under  the  term  loan  facility  and  $16.0  million  under  our 
revolving credit facility and used the proceeds thereof to refinance certain of our existing indebtedness. Prospectively, the 
proceeds of the New Senior Credit Facility may be used to (i) fund ongoing working capital requirements; (ii) make capital 
expenditures; (iii) repay the Senior Notes; and (iv) other general corporate purposes. 

51 

   
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
Under the New Senior Credit Facility we have an option to request an increase in the amount of the revolving credit 
facility and/or the term loan facility from time to time (on substantially the same terms as apply to the existing facilities) in 
an  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $75.0  million  with  either  additional  commitments  from  lenders  under  the  Amended  and 
Restated Credit Agreement at such time or new commitments from financial institutions acceptable to the administrative 
agent in its reasonable discretion, so long as no default or event of default exists at the time of any such increase. We may 
not be able to access additional funds under this increase option as no lender is obligated to participate in any such increase 
under the New Senior Credit Facility.  

The New Senior Credit Facility matures on August 2, 2018. We may prepay the New Senior Credit Facility in whole 
or in part, at any time without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ breakage and redeployment 
costs in connection with prepayments of LIBOR loans. The unutilized portion of the commitments under the New Senior 
Credit Facility may be irrevocably reduced or terminated by us at any time without penalty.  

Interest  on  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  loans  accrues,  at  our  election,  at  a  per  annum  rate  equal  to  the 
London  Interbank  Offering  Rate,  or  LIBOR,  plus  an  applicable  margin  or  the  base  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin.  The 
applicable margin ranges from 1.75% to 2.50% in the case of LIBOR loans and 0.75% to 1.50% in the case of the base rate 
loans, in each case, based on our consolidated leverage ratio as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. 
Interest on the loans is payable quarterly in arrears. The interest rate applied to our term loan at December 31, 2013 was 
2.42%. In addition, we are obligated to pay a quarterly commitment fee based on a percentage of the unused portion of each 
lender’s  commitment  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  quarterly  letter  of  credit  fees  based  on  a  percentage  of  the 
maximum amount available to be drawn under each outstanding letter of credit. The commitment fee and letter of credit fee 
ranges from 0.25% to 0.50% and 1.75% to 2.50%, respectively, in each case, based on our consolidated leverage ratio. 

The  term  loan  facility  under  the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  is  subject  to  quarterly  amortization  payments, 
commencing on December 31, 2014, so that the following percentages of the term loan outstanding on the closing date plus 
the  principal  amount  of  any  term  loans  funded  pursuant  to  the  increase  option  are  repaid  as  follows:  5.0%  between 
December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, 7.5% between December 31, 2015 and September 30, 2016, 10.0% between 
December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017, 11.25% between December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018 and the remaining 
balance  at  maturity.  The  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  also  requires  us  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  as  set  forth  in  the 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) to prepay the outstanding loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the net 
cash  proceeds  received  from  certain  asset  dispositions,  debt  issuances,  insurance  and  casualty  awards  and  other 
extraordinary receipts. 

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of 
default.  The  negative  covenants  include  restrictions  on  our  ability  to,  among  other  things, incur  additional  indebtedness, 
create liens, make investments, give guarantees, pay dividends, sell assets and merge and consolidate. We are subject to 
financial covenants, including consolidated net leverage and consolidated fixed charge covenants. We were in compliance 
with all covenants as of December 31, 2013. 

We had $16.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2013. $25.0 
million of the revolving credit facility is available to collateralize certain letters of credit. As of December 31, 2013, there 
were six letters of credit in the amount of approximately $6.7 million collateralized under the revolving credit facility. At 
December 31, 2013, our available credit under the revolving credit facility was $142.3 million.  

Our  obligations  under  the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  all  of  our  present  and  future  domestic 
subsidiaries, excluding certain domestic subsidiaries, which include our insurance captives and not-for-profit subsidiaries. 
Our obligations under, and each guarantor’s obligations under its guaranty of, the New Senior Credit Facility are secured 
by a first priority lien on substantially all of our respective assets, including a pledge of 100% of the issued and outstanding 
stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of our first tier foreign subsidiaries.  

We incurred fees of approximately $2.1 million to refinance our long-term debt. We have accounted for fees related 
to  the  refinancing  of  our  long-term  debt,  as  well  as  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  the  Senior  Credit 
Facility,  under  ASC  470-50 – Debt  Modifications  and  Extinguishments.  As  both  credit  facilities  were  loan  syndications, 
and a number of lenders participated in both credit facilities, we evaluated the accounting for financing fees on a lender by 
lender basis. Of the total amount of deferred financing fees related to the Senior Credit Facility, approximately $0.8 million 
will continue to be deferred and amortized and approximately $0.5 million was expensed in the quarter ending September 
30, 2013. Of the $2.1 million of fees incurred to refinance the long-term debt, approximately $1.8 million will be deferred 
and amortized and approximately $0.3 million was expensed in the quarter ending September 30, 2013. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Contingent  obligations. Under  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  as  amended,  or 
Deferred Compensation Plan, eligible employees and independent contractors of a participating employer (as defined in the 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan)  may  defer  all  or  a  portion  of  their  base  salary,  service  bonus,  performance-based 
compensation  earned  in  a  period  of  12  months  or  more,  commissions  and,  in  the  case  of  independent  contractors, 
compensation  reportable  on  Form  1099.  The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  is  unfunded  and  benefits  are  paid  from  our 
general assets. We also maintain a 409(A) Deferred Compensation Rabbi Trust Plan for highly compensated employees of 
our NET Services operating segment. Benefits are paid from our general assets under this plan.  

Reinsurance and Self-Funded Insurance Programs  

Reinsurance  

We  reinsure  a  substantial  portion  of  our  automobile,  general  and  professional  liability  and  workers’  compensation 
costs  under  reinsurance  programs  through  Social  Services  Providers  Captive  Insurance  Company  (“SPCIC”),  a  wholly 
owned subsidiary of the Company. Historically, we also provided reinsurance for policies written by a third party insurer 
for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage to certain members of the network of 
subcontracted  transportation  providers  and  independent  third  parties  under  our  NET  Services  operating  segment  through 
Provado.  While Provado did not renew its insurance agreement in February 2011 and no longer assumes liabilities for new 
policies, it will continue to administer existing policies for the foreseeable future and resolve remaining and future claims 
related to those policies. Provado is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State of South Carolina. The 
decision  to  reinsure  our  risks  and  provide  a  self-funded  health  insurance  program  to  our  employees  was  made  based  on 
current  conditions  in  the  insurance  marketplace  that  have  led  to  increasingly  higher  levels  of  self-insurance  retentions, 
increasing number of coverage limitations, and fluctuating insurance premium rates.  

SPCIC:  

SPCIC,  which  is  a  licensed  captive  insurance  company  domiciled  in  the  State  of  Arizona,  reinsures  third-party 
insurers for general and professional liability exposures for the first dollar of each and every loss up to $1.0 million per loss 
and  $5.0  million  in  the  aggregate.  At  December  31,  2013,  the  cumulative  reserve  for  expected  losses  since  inception  in 
2005 of this reinsurance program was approximately $2.4 million. The excess premium over our expected losses may be 
used  to  fund  SPCIC’s  operating  expenses,  fund  any  deficit  arising  in  automobile  and  workers’  compensation  liability 
coverage, provide for surplus reserves, and fund any other risk management activities.  

SPCIC reinsures a third-party insurer for worker’s compensation insurance for the first dollar of each and every loss 
up to $0.5 million per occurrence with an $11.0 million annual policy aggregate limit. The cumulative reserve for expected 
losses since inception in 2005 of this reinsurance program at December 31, 2013 was approximately $8.0 million.  

SPCIC  also  reinsures  a  third-party  insurer  for  automobile  liability  exposures  for  approximately  $250  thousand  per 
claim.  The  cumulative  reserve  for  expected  losses  since  inception  in  2013  of  this  reinsurance  program  at  December  31, 
2013 was approximately $0.3 million.  

Based  on  an  independent  actuarial  report,  our  expected  losses  related  to  workers’  compensation,  automobile  and 
general and professional liability in excess of our liability under our associated reinsurance programs at December 31, 2013 
was  approximately  $3.5  million.  We  recorded  a  corresponding  receivable  from  third-party  insurers  and  liability  at 
December 31, 2013 for these expected losses, which would be paid by third-party insurers to the extent losses are incurred. 
We  have  an  umbrella  liability  insurance  policy  providing  additional  coverage  in  the  amount  of  $25.0  million  in  the 
aggregate in excess of the policy limits of the general and professional liability insurance policy and automobile liability 
insurance policy. 

53 

   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
SPCIC  had  restricted  cash  of  approximately  $13.9  million  and  $10.7  million  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively,  which  was  restricted  to  secure  the  reinsured  claims  losses  of  SPCIC  under  the  automobile,  general  and 
professional  liability  and  workers’  compensation  reinsurance  programs.  The  full  extent  of  claims  may  not  be  fully 
determined  for  years.  Therefore,  the  estimates  of  potential  obligations  are  based  on  recommendations  of  an  independent 
actuary using historical data, industry data, and our claims experience. Although we believe that the amounts accrued for 
losses incurred but not reported under the terms of our reinsurance programs are sufficient, any significant increase in the 
number of claims or costs associated with these claims made under these programs could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial results.  

Provado:  

Under a reinsurance agreement with a third party insurer, Provado reinsures the third party insurer for the first $250 
thousand of each loss for each line of coverage, subject to an annual aggregate equal to 107.7% of gross written premium, 
and certain claims in excess of $250 thousand to an additional aggregate limit of $1.1 million. The cumulative reserve for 
expected  losses  of  this  reinsurance  program  at  December  31,  2013  was  approximately  $1.9  million.  As  noted  above, 
effective February 15, 2011, Provado did not renew its reinsurance agreement and will not assume liabilities for policies 
after that date. It will continue to administer existing policies for the foreseeable future and resolve remaining and future 
claims related to these policies.  

The liabilities for expected losses and loss adjustment expenses are based primarily on individual case estimates for 
losses reported by claimants. An estimate is provided for losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported on 
the basis of our claims experience and claims experience of the industry. These estimates are reviewed at least annually by 
independent consulting actuaries. As experience develops and new information becomes known, the estimates are adjusted.  

Providence Liability Insurance Coverages 

The decision  to  reinsure our risks  and provide  a  self-funded health  insurance program  to  our  employees  was  made 
based  on  current  conditions  in  the  insurance  marketplace  that  have  led  to  increasingly  higher  levels  of  self-insurance 
retentions, increasing number of coverage limitations, and fluctuating insurance premium rates. Certain changes are made 
periodically to our insurance coverage which we believe balances our costs and risks in an appropriate manner. While we 
are  insured  for  the  types  of  claims  discussed  above,  damages  exceeding  our  insurance  limits  or  outside  our  insurance 
coverage, such as a claim for fraud or punitive damages, could adversely affect our cash flow and financial condition.  

Health Insurance  

We offer our employees an option to participate in a self-funded health insurance program. As of December 31, 2013, 
health claims were self-funded with a stop-loss umbrella policy with a third party insurer to limit the maximum potential 
liability for individual claims to $250 thousand per person and for a maximum potential claim liability based on member 
enrollment.  

Health insurance claims are paid as they are submitted to the plan administrator. We maintain accruals for claims that 
have been incurred but not yet reported to the plan administrator, and therefore, have not been paid. The incurred but not 
reported reserve is based on an established cap and current payment trends of health insurance claims. The liability for the 
self-funded health plan of approximately $1.9 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, 
was recorded in “Reinsurance liability reserve” in our consolidated balance sheets.  

We charge our employees a portion of the costs of our self-funded group health insurance programs. We determine 
this charge at the beginning of each plan year based upon historical and projected medical utilization data. Any difference 
between our projections and our actual experience is borne by us. We estimate potential obligations for liabilities under this 
program  to  reserve  what  we  believe  to  be  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  liabilities  based  on  our  past  experience.  Any 
significant  increase  in  the  number  of  claims  or  costs  associated  with  claims  made  under  this  program  above  what  we 
reserve could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.  

54 

   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
    
 
 
Contractual cash obligations.  

The following is a summary of our future contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2013:  

Contractual cash obligations (000's) 
Debt .................................................................  $
Interest (1) .......................................................   
Purchased services commitments ....................   
Operating Leases .............................................   
Total ................................................................  $

Total

123,500     $
9,972      
487      
55,906      
189,865     $

At December 31, 2013 
1-3 
Years

Less than 
1 Year

3-5 
Years 

48,250     $
3,601      
404      
15,662      
67,917     $

8,250     $ 
3,715       
83       
20,800       
32,848     $ 

67,000     $
2,656      
-     
10,578      
80,234     $

After 5 
Years

- 
- 
- 
8,866  
8,866  

   (1)  Future interest payments have been calculated at the current rates as of December 31, 2013. 

Stock repurchase program  

In 2012, we spent approximately $3.5 million to repurchase 293,600 shares of our common stock in the open market 
under  a  stock  repurchase  program  approved  by  our  board  of  directors  on  February 1,  2007.  Under  this  stock  repurchase 
program  we  may  repurchase up  to  one  million  shares of  our  common  stock  from  time  to  time  on  the  open  market  or  in 
privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions and our capital requirements. Since inception, we have 
spent  approximately  $14.4 million  to  purchase  756,100  shares  of  our  common  stock  on  the  open  market.  We  did  not 
purchase shares of our common stock during the period 2008 through 2011 or during 2013 under this plan. 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  we  did  not  have  any  relationships  with  unconsolidated  entities  or  financial 
partnerships,  such  as  entities  referred  to  as  structured  finance  or  special  purpose  entities,  which  would  have  been 
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. 

New Accounting Pronouncements  

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-02-Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220):  Reporting  of  Amounts 
Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 is intended to improve the 
reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, an entity is required to report 
the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net 
income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other 
amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an 
entity  is  required  to  cross-reference  other  disclosures  required  under  GAAP  that  provide  additional  detail  about  those 
amounts.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  supersede  the  presentation  requirements  for  reclassifications  out  of  accumulated 
other comprehensive income in ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12. ASU 2013-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2012. We adopted ASU 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have 
an effect on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements. 

Forward-Looking Statements  

Certain statements contained in this report on Form 10-K, such as any statements about our confidence or strategies or 
our expectations about revenues, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, ability to fund operations, profitability, ability 
to meet financial covenants, contracts or market opportunities, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of 
section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking 
statements  are  based  on  our  current  expectations,  assumptions,  estimates  and  projections  about  our  business  and  our 
industry.  You  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “may,”  “should,”  “will,”  “could,” 
“estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future,” and “intends” and 
similar expressions which are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  

55 

  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
 
 
The forward-looking statements contained herein are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to a 
number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to 
predict and could cause our actual results or achievements to differ materially from those expressed, implied or forecasted 
in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the  risks described under 
Part I Item 1A of this report.  

All  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  us  or  persons  acting  on  our  behalf  are  expressly  qualified  in  their 
entirety  by  the  cautionary  statements  contained  above  and  throughout  this  report.  You  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue 
reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement was made. We do not intend to 
update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.   

Foreign currency translation  

We  conduct  business  in  Canada  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary  WCG,  and  as  such,  our  cash  flows  and 
earnings  are  subject  to  fluctuations  from  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  We  believe  that  the  impact  of 
currency  fluctuations  does  not  represent  a  significant  risk  to  us  given  the  size  and  scope  of  our  current  international 
operations.  Therefore,  we  do  not  hedge  against  the  possible  impact  of  this  risk.  A  10%  adverse  change  in  the  foreign 
currency exchange rate would not have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.   

Interest rate and market risk  

As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  had  borrowings  under  our  term  loan  of  $60.0  million  and  borrowings  under  our 
revolving  line  of  credit  of  $16.0  million.  Borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  accrued  interest  at  LIBOR  plus 
2.25% per  annum  as  of  December  31,  2013.  An  increase  of  1%  in  the  LIBOR  rate  would  cause  an  increase  in  interest 
expense of up to $3.2 million over the remaining term of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which expires in 
2018.  

We have convertible senior subordinated notes of $47.5 million outstanding at December 31, 2013 in connection with 

an acquisition completed in 2007. These notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.5%.  

 We assess the significance of interest rate market risk on a periodic basis and may implement strategies to manage 

such risk as we deem appropriate.  

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ...............................................................................  58
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .............................................................................................  59
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 ..........................................................................................  61

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 
Consolidated Statements of Income ...................................................................................................................................  62
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income .........................................................................................................  63
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity .............................................................................................................  64
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ............................................................................................................................  65
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................................................................................................  67

57 

  
   
   
   
     
   
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our  management  has  the  responsibility  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  for  the  registrant,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  Rule  13a-15(f).  Under  the 
supervision  and  with  the  participation  of our  principal  executive  officer and principal  financial  officer,  we  conducted  an 
assessment,  as  of  December 31,  2013,  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the 
criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  in  Internal  Control–
Integrated Framework (1992).  

We designed our internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to 
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition 
of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems 
determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement  preparation  and 
presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  

Based on our assessment, we concluded our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 

2013.  

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which audited our consolidated financial statements 
included in this report on Form 10-K has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting. KPMG LLP’s audit report is also included in this report on Form 10-K.  

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
The Providence Service Corporation: 

We  have  audited  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  and  subsidiaries’  (the  Company)  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued 
by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s  management  is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control 
over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2013,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 
and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and the related financial statement schedule, and 
our report dated March 14, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
March 14, 2014 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
The Providence Service Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  and subsidiaries 
(the  Company)  as  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive 
income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. In 
connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule 
contained in Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility 
of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based 
on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial statements.  An audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with 
U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  when 
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, 
the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 14, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
March 14, 2014 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands except share and per share data) 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................................  $
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4.2 million in 2013 and $3.7 million in 

2012 .......................................................................................................................   
Management fee receivable .......................................................................................   
Other receivables .......................................................................................................   
Prepaid expenses and other .......................................................................................   
Restricted cash ..........................................................................................................   
Deferred tax assets ....................................................................................................   
Total current assets ...........................................................................................................   
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................   
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................   
Intangible assets, net ........................................................................................................   
Other assets ......................................................................................................................   
Restricted cash, less current portion .................................................................................   
Total assets .......................................................................................................................  $
Liabilities and stockholders' equity  
Current liabilities: 

Current portion of long-term obligations ..................................................................  $
Accounts payable ......................................................................................................   
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................................   
Accrued transportation costs .....................................................................................   
Deferred revenue .......................................................................................................   
Reinsurance liability reserve .....................................................................................   
Total current liabilities .....................................................................................................   
Long-term obligations, less current portion .....................................................................   
Other long-term liabilities ................................................................................................   
Deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................................   
Total liabilities .................................................................................................................   
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 13 and 16) 
Stockholders' equity 

Common stock: authorized 40,000,000 shares; $0.001 par value; 14,477,312 and 

13,785,947 issued and outstanding (including treasury shares).............................   
Additional paid-in capital ..........................................................................................   
Accumulated deficit ..................................................................................................   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax ...................................................   
Treasury shares, at cost, 956,442 and 928,478 shares ...............................................   
Total Providence stockholders' equity ..........................................................................   
Non-controlling interest ............................................................................................   
Total stockholders' equity ................................................................................................   
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..........................................................................  $

December 31,

2013 

2012

98,995     $

55,863  

88,315       
1,821       
4,786       
11,831       
3,772       
2,152       
211,672       
32,709       
113,263       
43,476       
11,681       
11,957       
424,758     $

48,250     $
3,904       
52,484       
54,962       
3,687       
10,778       
174,065       
75,250       
15,359       
9,447       
274,121       

14       
194,363       
(33,641 )     
(1,419 )     
(15,641 )     
143,676       
6,961       
150,637       
424,758     $

98,628  
2,662  
4,105  
12,622  
1,787  
532  
176,199  
30,380  
113,915  
49,651  
10,639  
10,953  
391,737  

14,000  
4,569  
32,976  
61,316  
7,055  
12,713  
132,629  
116,000  
13,527  
10,894  
273,050  

14  
180,778  
(53,079)
(893)
(15,094)
111,726  
6,961  
118,687  
391,737  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

61 

  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
     
       
 
      
        
 
     
       
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
     
       
 
  
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands except share and per share data) 

Year ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

Revenues: 

Non-emergency transportation services .......................................   
Human services ............................................................................   
Total revenues .....................................................................................   

770,246      
352,436      
1,122,682      

750,658       
355,231       
1,105,889       

Operating expenses: 

Cost of non-emergency transportation services ...........................   
Client service expense ..................................................................   
General and administrative expense .............................................   
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................   
Asset impairment charge ..............................................................   
Total operating expenses .....................................................................   
Operating income ................................................................................   

710,428      
309,623      
48,633      
14,872      
492     
1,084,048      
38,634      

706,692       
304,084       
53,383       
15,023       
2,506       
1,081,688       
24,201       

Other (income) expense: 

Interest expense ............................................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt ...................................................   
Gain on bargain purchase .............................................................   
Interest income .............................................................................   
Income before income taxes ................................................................   
Provision for income taxes ..................................................................   
Net income ..........................................................................................  $

7,035      
525      
-     
(141)    
31,215      
11,777      
19,438     $

7,640       
-       
-       
(132 )     
16,693       
8,211       
8,482     $

581,541  
361,439  
942,980  

539,417  
304,407  
48,861  
13,656  
- 
906,341  
36,639  

10,206  
2,463  
(2,711)
(204)
26,885  
9,945  
16,940  

Earnings per common share: 

Basic .............................................................................................  $
Diluted .........................................................................................  $

1.44     $
1.41     $

0.64     $
0.64     $

1.28  
1.27  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding: 

Basic .............................................................................................   
Diluted .........................................................................................   

13,499,885      
13,809,874      

13,225,448       
13,354,613       

13,242,702  
13,321,609  

 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

62 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Year ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

Net income ..........................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income (loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustments ........................................   
Other comprehensive income (loss) ....................................................   
Comprehensive income .......................................................................  $

19,438     $

8,482     $

16,940  

(526)    
(526)    
18,912     $

235       
235       
8,717     $

(247)
(247)
16,693  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

63 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity  
(in thousands except share data) 

  Common Stock 
  Shares 

   Amount   Capital

Deficit

Additional

Paid-In    Accumulated   

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income
(Loss)

   Treasury Stock     
   Shares    Amount    

Non- 
Controlling    
Interest

   Total

Balance at December 31, 2010 ............   13,580,385    $
-      

Stock-based compensation ...............  
Exercise of employee stock 
options, including net tax 
shortfall of $100 ...........................  
Restricted stock issued .....................  
Foreign currency translation 

7,872      
33,694      

adjustments ..................................  
Net income........................................  

-      
-      
Balance at December 31, 2011 ............   13,621,951      
-      

Stock-based compensation ...............  
Exercise of employee stock 
options, including net tax 
shortfall of $215 ...........................  
Restricted stock issued .....................  
Stock repurchase ...............................  
Foreign currency translation 

90,915      
73,081      
-      

adjustments ..................................  
Net income........................................  

-      
-      
Balance at December 31, 2012 ............   13,785,947      
-      

Stock-based compensation ...............  
Exercise of employee stock 

14   $ 172,541   $
3,675     

-   

(78,501) $
-    

-   
-   

-   
-   
14    
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
14    
-   

(44)   
-    

-    
-    
176,172     
3,873     

733     
-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
16,940     
(61,561)   
-    

-    
-    
-    

-    
-    
180,778     
3,079     

-    
8,482     
(53,079)   
-    

(881)  619,768   $(11,384)  $ 
-     

-     

-   

6,961   $ 88,750  
3,675  

-   

-     
-   
-    3,808      

-     
(51)    

-   
-   

(44)
(51)

-     
-     

(247)  
-   

-     
-     
(1,128)  623,576     (11,435)    
-     

-     

-   

-   
(247)
-    16,940  
6,961     109,023 
3,873  

-   

-     
-   
-     
-    11,302      
(169)    
-   293,600      (3,490)    

-   
-   
-   

733  
(169)
(3,490)

-     
-     

235    
-   

-     
-     
(893)  928,478     (15,094)    
-     

-     

-   

-   
-   

235  
8,482  
6,961     118,687 
3,079  

-   

options, including net tax benefit 
of $437 .........................................  
Restricted stock issued .....................  
Foreign currency translation 

592,126      
99,239      

-   
-   

10,506     

-    
-    

-   
-     
-    27,964      

-     
(547)    

-    10,506  
(547)
-   

adjustments ..................................  
Net income........................................  

-      
-      
Balance at December 31, 2013 ............   14,477,312    $

-   
-   

-    
-    
14   $ 194,363   $

-    
19,438     
(33,641) $

(526)  
-   

-     
-     
(1,419)  956,442   $(15,641)  $ 

-     
-     

-   
(526)
-    19,438  
6,961   $150,637 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

64 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
     
   
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Operating activities 
Net income ..........................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 

Depreciation  ................................................................................   
Amortization ................................................................................   
Provision for doubtful accounts ...................................................   
Stock based compensation ...........................................................   
Deferred income taxes .................................................................   
Amortization of deferred financing costs .....................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt ...................................................   
Excess tax benefit upon exercise of stock options .......................   
Asset impairment charge ..............................................................   
Gain on bargain purchase .............................................................   
Other non-cash charges ................................................................   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of 

acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable ..............................................................   
Management fee receivable ..................................................   
Other receivables ..................................................................   
Restricted cash ......................................................................   
Prepaid expenses and other ...................................................   
Reinsurance liability reserve .................................................   
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...............................   
Accrued transportation costs .................................................   
Deferred revenue ...................................................................   
Other long-term liabilities .....................................................   
Net cash provided by operating activities ...........................................   
Investing activities 
Purchase of property and equipment ...................................................   
Net increase (decrease) in short-term investments ..............................   
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired .......................................................   
Restricted cash for reinsured claims losses .........................................   
Net cash used in investing activities ....................................................   
Financing activities 
Repurchase of common stock, for treasury .........................................   
Proceeds from common stock issued pursuant to stock option 

exercise ............................................................................................   
Excess tax benefit upon exercise of stock options ..............................   
Proceeds from long-term debt .............................................................   
Repayment of long-term debt ..............................................................   
Debt financing costs ............................................................................   
Capital lease payments ........................................................................   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ............................   
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .............................................   
Net change in cash ..............................................................................   
Cash at beginning of period ................................................................   
Cash at end of period ...........................................................................  $

Year ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

19,438     $

8,482     $

16,940  

7,738      
7,134      
3,245      
3,079      
(3,282)    
960      
525      
(1,120)    
492      
-     
364      

7,186      
659      
540      
(141)    
(856)    
(19)    
18,863      
(6,354)    
(3,366)    
152      
55,237      

(10,183)    
177      
(989)    
(2,848)    
(13,843)    

7,537       
7,486       
2,305       
3,873       
(816 )     
1,138       
-       
(91 )     
2,506       
-       
158       

(16,589 )     
875       
(319 )     
163       
256       
1,034       
2,412       
13,660       
4,862       
3,556       
42,488       

(9,522 )     
444       
(190 )     
2,633       
(6,635 )     

5,921  
7,735  
3,131  
3,675  
(530)
1,695  
2,463  
(17)
- 
(2,711)
645  

(9,019)
2,302  
2,334  
(80)
(680)
(431)
(5,342)
5,788  
(3,179)
398  
31,038  

(11,306)
(113)
(4,889)
1,692  
(14,616)

(547)    

(3,658 )     

(51)

10,069      
1,120      
76,000      
(82,500)    
(2,082)    
(9)    
2,051      
(313)    
43,132      
55,863      
98,995     $

949       
91       
-       
(20,493 )     
(65 )     
(23 )     
(23,199 )     
25       
12,679       
43,184       
55,863     $

56  
17  
115,000  
(146,811)
(2,651)
(15)
(34,455)
(44)
(18,077)
61,261  
43,184  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

65 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
     
       
       
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
  
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information 
(in thousands) 

Supplemental cash flow information 

Year ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

Cash paid for interest ..........................................................................  $
Cash paid for income taxes .................................................................  $

5,839     $
13,395     $

6,505     $
8,877     $

8,605  
11,294  

Acquisitions: 

Purchase price ..................................................................................  $
Less: 

Cash acquired ...............................................................................   
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired .......................................................  $

989     $

-     
989     $

190     $

8,573  

-       
190     $

(3,684)
4,889  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

66 

  
  
 
 
 
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
   
   
 
 
The Providence Service Corporation  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

December 31, 2013 

(in thousands except share and per share data) 

1.    Basis  of  Presentation,  Description  of  Business,  Significant  Accounting  Policies  and  Critical  Accounting 
Estimates 

Basis of Presentation  

The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”) follows accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”).  The  FASB  establishes  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States 
(“GAAP”). Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal 
securities  laws  are  also  sources  of  authoritative  GAAP  for  SEC  registrants,  which  the  Company  is  required  to  follow. 
References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these footnotes are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), 
which  serves  as  a  single  source  of  authoritative  non-SEC  accounting  and  reporting  standards  to  be  applied  by 
nongovernmental  entities.  All  amounts  are  presented  in  US  dollars,  unless  otherwise  noted.  In  order  to  conform  to  the 
current  year  presentation,  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  show  human  services  revenues  as  one  line  item. 
Additionally,  prior  year  other  receivables  and  prepaid  expenses  and  other  have  been  reclassified  for  comparable 
presentation purposes. 

Description of Business  

The  Company  is  a  government  outsourcing  privatization  organization.  The  Company  operates  in  two  segments, 
Human  Services  and  Non-Emergency  Transportation  Services  (“NET  Services”).  During  the  third  quarter  of  2013,  the 
Company changed the name of its Social Services segment to the Human Services segment. The name change was made as 
part of  a rebranding  effort  to  reflect  the future  strategy  of  the Human  Services  business  and  to better describe  the broad 
spectrum of services it provides. As of December 31, 2013, the Company operated in 43 states and the District of Columbia 
in the United States and in three provinces in Canada.  

The  Human  Services  operating  segment  responds  to  governmental  privatization  initiatives  in  adult  and  juvenile 
justice,  corrections,  social  services,  welfare  systems,  education  and  workforce  development  by  providing  home  and 
community-based counseling services and foster care services to at-risk families and children. These services are purchased 
primarily by state, county and city levels of government, and are delivered under block purchase, cost-based and fee-for-
service arrangements. The Company also contracts with not-for-profit organizations to provide management services for a 
fee.  

The  NET  Services  operating  segment  contracts  for  the  provision  of  non-emergency  transportation  management 
services  to  Medicaid  and  Medicare  beneficiaries.  The  entities  that  pay  for  non-emergency  medical  transportation 
management  services  primarily  include  state  Medicaid  programs,  health  maintenance  organizations  and  commercial 
insurers.  Most  of  the  Company’s non-emergency  medical  transportation  management  services  are  delivered under  fixed-
payment  capitated  contracts  where  the  Company  assumes  the  responsibility  of  meeting  the  covered  transportation 
requirements of beneficiaries residing in a specific geographic region. 

Seasonality  

The  Company’s  quarterly  operating  results  and  operating  cash  flows  normally  fluctuate  as  a  result  of  seasonal 
variations  in  its  business.  In  the  Company’s  Human  Services  operating  segment,  lower  client  demand  for  its  home  and 
community based services during the holiday and summer seasons generally results in lower revenue during those periods. 
However,  the Company’s operating  expenses  related  to  the Human  Services operating  segment  do not vary  significantly 
with these changes. As a result, the Company’s Human Services operating segment typically experiences lower operating 
margins  during  the  holiday  and  summer  seasons.  The  Company’s  NET  Services  operating  segment  also  experiences 
fluctuations in demand for its non-emergency transportation services during the summer, winter and holiday seasons. Due 
to higher demand in the summer  months and lower demand in the winter and holiday seasons, coupled with a primarily 
fixed  revenue  stream  based  on  a  per  member,  per  month  payment  structure,  the  Company’s  NET  Services  operating 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
segment normally experiences lower operating margins in the summer season and higher operating margins in the winter 
and holiday seasons.  

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, including its 
foreign wholly-owned subsidiary WCG International Ltd. (“WCG”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation.   

Significant Accounting Policies  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  all  cash  balances  and highly  liquid  investments  with  an  initial  maturity  of  three 
months or less. Investments in cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company places its 
temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions. At times such investments may be in excess of 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) insurance limits.  

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $4,607 and $4,135, respectively, of cash was held by WCG and may 

not be freely transferable without unfavorable tax consequences between the Company and WCG.  

Restricted Cash  

The Company had approximately $15,729 and $12,740 of restricted cash at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as follows:  

December 31,

2013

2012

Collateral for letters of credit - Contractual obligations ......................................  $
Contractual obligations .......................................................................................   
Subtotal restricted cash for contractual obligations .........................................   

Collateral for letters of credit - Reinsured claims losses .....................................   
Escrow/Trust - Reinsured claims losses ..............................................................   
Subtotal restricted cash for reinsured claims losses .........................................   
Total restricted cash ............................................................................................   

243     $ 
839       
1,082       

3,033       
11,614       
14,647       
15,729       

Less current portion .............................................................................................   

3,772       

  $

11,957     $ 

243  
698  
941  

5,634  
6,165  
11,799  
12,740  

1,787  

10,953  

Of the restricted cash amount at December 31, 2013 and 2012:  

●  $243 in both periods served as collateral for irrevocable standby letters of credit that provide financial assurance

that the Company will fulfill certain contractual obligations;  

●  approximately $839 and $698, respectively, was held to fund the Company’s obligations under arrangements with 
various governmental agencies through the Company’s correctional services business (“Correctional Services”); 

●  approximately  $3,033  and  $5,634,  respectively,  served  as  collateral  for  irrevocable  standby  letters  of  credit  to

secure any reinsured claims losses under the Company’s reinsurance program;  

●  of the remaining $11,614 and $6,165: 

68 

    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
   
  
  
    
  
   
  
    
  
   
 
 
o  approximately  $3,070  and  $5,069,  respectively,  was  restricted  and  held  in  trust  for  historical  reinsurance

claims losses under the Company’s general and professional liability reinsurance program;  

o  approximately $732 and $1,096, respectively, was restricted under our historical auto liability program; and 

o  approximately  $7,812  was  restricted  and  held  in  a  trust  at  December  31,  2013  for  reinsurance  claims  losses
under the Company’s workers’ compensation, general and professional liability and auto liability reinsurance
programs. 

At December 31, 2013, approximately $10,882, $3,276, $482 and $250 of the restricted cash was held in custody by 
Wells Fargo, Bank of Tucson, Fifth Third Bank and Bank of America, respectively. The cash is restricted as to withdrawal 
or use and is currently invested in certificates of deposit or short-term marketable securities. Approximately $839 was also 
restricted as to withdrawal or use and is currently held in various non-interest bearing bank accounts related to Correctional 
Services.  

Short-Term Investments  

As part of its cash management program, the Company from time  to time  maintains short-term investments. These 
investments  have  a  term  to  earliest  maturity  of  less  than  one  year  and  are  comprised  of  certificates  of  deposit.  These 
investments are carried at cost, which approximates market value, and are classified as “Prepaid expenses and other” in the 
consolidated balance sheets.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, management fee receivable 
and accounts payable approximate their fair value because of the relatively short-term maturity of these instruments. The 
fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations is estimated based on interest rates for the same or similar debt offered 
to the Company having the same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements. The carrying amount of the 
long-term obligations approximates its fair value. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

The  Company  records  all  accounts  receivable  amounts  at  their  contracted  amount,  less  an  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount it estimates to be sufficient to cover the 
risk that an account will not be collected. The Company regularly evaluates its accounts receivable, especially receivables 
that  are  past  due,  and  reassesses  its  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  specific  client  collection  issues.  In 
circumstances  where  the  Company  is  aware  of  a  specific  payer’s  inability  to  meet  its  financial  obligation,  the  Company 
records  a  specific  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  to  reduce  the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  the  Company 
reasonably expects to collect.  

The Company’s write-off experience for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was less than 
1% of the Company’s revenue. The Company’s provision for doubtful accounts expense for the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3,245, $2,305 and $3,131, respectively. 

Property and Equipment  

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation, or at fair value if the assets were 
initially recorded as the result of a business combination. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Gains and losses resulting from the 
disposition of an asset are reflected in operating expense.  

69 

  
    
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

Goodwill  

The Company analyzes the carrying value of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year, and more frequently if events 
occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying 
value.  Such  circumstances  could  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (1) the  loss  of  significant  contracts,  (2)  a  significant 
adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (3) unanticipated competition, (4) an adverse action or assessment by 
a  regulator,  or  (5)  a  significant  decline  in  the  Company’s  stock  price.  When  analyzing  goodwill  for  impairment  the 
Company  first  assesses  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  quantitative 
goodwill impairment test described below. If the Company determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company would calculate the 
fair value of the reporting unit and perform a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In connection with its analysis 
of the carrying value of goodwill, the Company reconciles the aggregate fair value of its reporting units to the Company’s 
market capitalization including a control premium that is reasonable within the context of industry data on premiums paid. 
When determining whether goodwill is impaired, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to which the 
goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit 
exceeds its fair value, then the Company must proceed to a second step, and the amount of the impairment loss must be 
measured. The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to its 
carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is 
allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a 
reporting  unit  over  the  amount  assigned  to  its  other  assets  and  liabilities  is  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill.  An 
impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.  

 Intangible assets subject to amortization  

The  Company  separately  values  all  acquired  and  internally  developed  identifiable  intangible  assets  apart  from 
goodwill.  The  Company  has  historically  allocated  a  portion  of  the  purchase  consideration  to  customer  relationships, 
developed technology, management contracts and restrictive covenants acquired through business combinations based on 
the expected direct or indirect contribution to future cash flows on a discounted cash flow basis over the useful life of the 
assets.  

The  Company  assesses  whether  any  relevant  factors  limit  the  period  over  which  acquired  assets  are  expected  to 
contribute  directly  or  indirectly  to  future  cash  flows  for  amortization  purposes.  With  respect  to  acquired  management 
contracts,  the  useful  life  is  limited  by  the  stated  terms  of  the  agreements.  The  Company  determines  an  appropriate 
estimated useful life for acquired customer relationships based on the expected period of time it will provide services to the 
customer.  

While the Company uses discounted cash flows to value the acquisition of intangible assets, the Company has elected 
to use the straight-line method of amortization to determine amortization expense each period. If applicable, the Company 
assesses the recoverability of the unamortized balance of its long-lived assets based on undiscounted expected future cash 
flows. Should this analysis indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the 
fair value of any intangible asset is recognized as an impairment loss.  

Accrued Transportation Costs  

Transportation  costs  are  estimated  and  accrued  in  the  month  the  services  are  rendered  by  contracted  transportation 
providers, and are determined using gross reservations for transportation services less cancellations, and average costs per 
transportation  service  by  customer  contract.  Average  costs  per  contract  are  determined  by  historical  cost  trends.  Actual 
costs  relating  to  a  specific  accounting  period  are  monitored  and  compared  to  estimated  accruals.  Adjustments  to  those 
accruals  are  made  based  on  reconciliations  with  actual  costs  incurred.  Accrued  transportation  costs  were  $54,962  and 
$61,316 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Deferred Financing Costs  

The Company capitalizes direct expenses incurred in connection with its credit facilities and other borrowings, and 
amortizes  such  expenses  over  the  life  of  the  respective  credit  facility  or  other  borrowing.  The  Company  incurred 
approximately $1,801 in deferred financing costs in connection with the amended and restated credit facility it entered into 
in August 2013 (“New Credit Facility”). The Company also retains certain deferred financing costs of approximately $849 
related to its prior credit facility (“Old Credit Facility”), as certain lenders who participated in the Old Credit Facility also 
participate in the New Credit Facility. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $2,297 in deferred financing costs 
in  connection  with  its  senior  subordinated  notes  issued  in  November  2007.  Deferred  financing  costs  for  the  senior 
subordinated notes are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis and deferred financing costs for the New Credit 
Facility and the Old Credit Facility are amortized to interest expense based upon the effective interest method over the life 
of the credit facilities. Deferred financing costs, net of amortization, totaling approximately $2,509 and $2,166 at December 
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Revenue Recognition  

Human Services segment  

Fee-for-service  contracts.    Revenues  related  to  services  provided  under  fee-for-service  contracts  are  recognized  at 
the  time  services  are  rendered  and  collection  is  determined  to  be  probable.  Such  services  are  provided  at  established 
contractual rates. As services are rendered, contract-specific documentation is prepared describing each service, time spent, 
and  billing  code  to  determine  and  support  the  value  of  each  service  provided  and  billed.  The  timing  and  amount  of 
collection are dependent upon compliance with the billing requirements specified by each payer. Failure to comply  with 
these requirements could delay the collection of amounts due to the Company under a contract or result in adjustments to 
amounts billed.  

The  performance  of  the  Company’s  contracts  is  subject  to  the  condition  that  sufficient  funds  are  appropriated, 
authorized  and  allocated  by  each  state,  city  or  other  local  government.  If  sufficient  appropriations,  authorizations  and 
allocations are not provided by the respective state, city or other local government, the Company is at risk for uncollectible 
amounts or immediate termination or renegotiation of the financial terms of its contracts. 

Cost-based service contracts.    Revenues from the Company’s cost-based service contracts are recorded based on a 
combination of allowable direct costs, indirect overhead allocations, and stated allowable margins on those incurred costs. 
These revenues are compared to annual contract budget limits and, depending on reporting requirements, allowances may 
be  recorded  for  certain  contingencies  such  as  projected  costs  not  incurred  or  excess  cost  per  service  over  the  allowable 
contract rate. The Company annually submits projected costs for the coming year, which assist the contracting payers in 
establishing the annual contract amount to be paid for services provided under the contracts. After each payer’s fiscal year 
end, the Company submits cost reports which are used by the payer to determine the need for any payment adjustments. 
Completion of the cost report review process may range from one month to several years. In cases where funds paid to the 
Company exceed the allowable costs to provide services under contract, the Company may be required to repay amounts 
previously received.  

The  Company’s  cost  reports  are  generally  audited  by  payers  annually.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  its 
provisional billing  rates  and allocation  of  costs  and  provides  for  estimated  payment  adjustments.  The  Company  believes 
that adequate provisions have been made in its consolidated financial statements for any material adjustments that might 
result from the outcome of any cost report audits. Differences between the amounts provided and the settlement amounts 
are  recorded  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  income  in  the  year  of  settlement.  Such  settlements  have 
historically not been material. 

Annual block purchase contract.    The Company’s annual block purchase contract requires it to provide or arrange 
for  behavioral  health  services  to  eligible  populations  of  beneficiaries.  The  Company  must  provide  a  range  of  behavioral 
health  clinical,  case  management,  therapeutic  and  administrative  services.  The  Company  is  obligated  to  provide  services 
only to those clients with a demonstrated medical necessity. Annual funding allocation amounts may be increased when the 
Company’s  patient  service  encounters  exceed  the  contract  amount;  however,  such  increases  are  subject  to  government 
appropriation. There is no contractual limit to the number of eligible beneficiaries that may be assigned to the Company, or 
a  specified  limit  to  the  level  of  services  that  may  be  provided  to  these  beneficiaries  if  the  services  are  deemed  to  be 
medically necessary. Therefore, the Company is at-risk if the costs of providing necessary services exceed the associated 
reimbursement.  

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
The terms of the contract may be reviewed prospectively and amended as necessary to ensure adequate funding of the 

Company’s contractual obligations, however, there is no assurance that amendments will be approved.  

Management agreements.    The Company maintains management agreements with a number of not-for-profit social 
services  organizations  whereby  it  provides  certain  management  services.  In  exchange  for  the  Company’s  services,  the 
Company  receives  a  management  fee  that  is  either  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  revenues  of  these  organizations  or  a 
predetermined  fee.  The  Company  recognizes  management  fees  revenue  as  such  amounts  are  earned,  as  defined  by  each 
respective management agreement, and collection of such amount is considered reasonably assured.  

The  costs  associated  with  rendering  these  management  services  are  primarily  shown  as  general  and  administrative 

expense in the consolidated statements of income.  

NET Services segment  

Capitation contracts.    The majority of the Company’s non-emergency transportation services revenue is generated 
under  capitated  contracts  where  the  Company  assumes  the  responsibility  of  meeting  the  covered  transportation 
requirements of a specific geographic population for a fixed amount per period. Revenues under capitation contracts with 
the  Company’s  payers  are  based  on  per  member  monthly  fees  for  the  estimated  number  of  participants  in  the  payer’s 
program.  

Fee-for-service contracts.    Revenues earned under fee-for-service contracts are recognized ratably over the covered 
service  period.  Revenues  under  these  types  of  contracts  are  based  upon  contractually  established  billing  rates,  less 
allowance for contractual adjustments. Estimates of contractual adjustments are based upon payment terms specified in the 
related agreements.  

Flat fee contracts.    Revenues earned under flat fee contracts are recognized when the service is provided. Revenues 
under  these  types  of  contracts  are  based  upon  contractually  established  monthly  flat  fees  that  do  not  fluctuate  with  any 
changes in the population that can receive our services. 

Deferred Revenue 

At times the Company may receive funding for certain services in advance of services being rendered. These amounts 

are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue until the services are rendered.  

Non-Controlling Interest  

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of WCG in August 2007, PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. (“PSC”), a 
subsidiary  established  by  the  Company  to  facilitate  the  purchase  of  all  of  the  equity  interest  in  WCG,  issued  287,576 
exchangeable shares (“Exchangeable Shares”) as part of the purchase price consideration. The Exchangeable Shares were 
valued  at  approximately  $7,751  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  purchase  agreement  ($7,649  for  accounting 
purposes). The Exchangeable Shares are exchangeable at each shareholder’s option, for no additional consideration, into 
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis.  Of  the  287,576  Exchangeable  Shares  originally  issued, 
25,882 had been exchanged for Company common stock as of December 31, 2013.  

The Exchangeable Shares are non-participating such that they are not entitled to any allocation of income or loss of 
PSC. The Exchangeable Shares represent ownership in PSC and are accounted for as “Non-controlling interest” included in 
stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets in the amount of approximately $6,961 at December 31, 2013 and 
2012.  

72 

  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
The Exchangeable Shares and the 25,882 shares of the Company’s common stock issued upon the exchange of the 
same  number  of  Exchangeable  Shares  noted  above  are  subject  to  a  Settlement  and  Indemnification  Agreement  dated 
November  17,  2009  (“Indemnification  Agreement”)  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  sellers  of  WCG.  The 
Indemnification Agreement secures the Company’s claims for indemnification and associated rights and remedies provided 
by  the  Share  Purchase  Agreement  (under  which  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  equity  interest  in  WCG  on  August  1, 
2007) arising from actions taken by British Columbia to strictly enforce a contractually imposed revenue cap on a per client 
basis  and  contractually  mandated  pass-throughs  subsequent  to  August  1,  2007.  The  actions  taken  by  British  Columbia 
resulted in an approximate $3,000 Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) dispute and termination of one of its six provincial contracts 
with WCG, which the Company is disputing. Under the Indemnification Agreement, the sellers have agreed to transfer their 
rights  to  the  Exchangeable  Shares  and  25,882  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  issued  upon  the  exchange  of  the 
same  number  of  Exchangeable  Shares  to  the  Company  to  indemnify  the  Company  against  any  losses  suffered  by  the 
Company as the result of an unfavorable ruling upon the conclusion of all appeals related to arbitration. Alternatively, at 
their  option,  the  sellers  may  pay  cash  in  lieu  of  stock  in  satisfaction  of  their  obligation  under  the  Indemnification 
Agreement provided payment is made before or concurrently with the execution of any settlement with British Columbia. 

Effective  April  14,  2010,  an  arbitrator  issued  an  award  with  respect  to  the  dispute  between  WCG  and  British 
Columbia. Under the arbitration award, essentially all amounts disputed shall be paid to WCG (except for approximately 
CAD  $13  which  will  be  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Indemnification  Agreement)  plus  interest.  The  award  affirmed  the 
termination of one of the six provincial contracts that had been terminated effective October 31, 2008. During the second 
quarter of 2010, British Columbia filed a petition for leave to appeal the arbitration award, and on October 11, 2011, the 
leave to appeal was granted to British Columbia.  

In  2012,  WCG  received  cash  totaling  approximately  $3,394  from  British  Columbia  related  to  the  arbitral  award. 
However,  in  the  event  British  Columbia  prevails  in  its  arguments  during  the  appeal  process,  British  Columbia  will  seek 
immediate repayment of the amount of the arbitral award owing at that time from WCG. Upon receipt of the cash discussed 
above,  the  Company  recorded  approximately  $3,394  to  cash  and  other  long-term  liabilities  in  2012.  No  changes  in  the 
status of the appeal occurred and no additional payments were made during 2013. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

The Company follows the fair value recognition provisions of ASC Topic 718 - Compensation-Stock Compensation 
(“ASC 718”), which requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share based payments at 
fair value.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  income  taxes  are  determined  by  the  liability  method  in  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  740  -  Income  Taxes 
(“ASC  740”).  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes 
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. 
The  Company  records  a  valuation  allowance  which  includes  amounts  for  state  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit 
carryforwards, as more fully described in Note 15 below, for which the Company has concluded that it is more likely than 
not that these state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.  

Loss Reserves for Certain Reinsurance and Self-funded Insurance Programs 

The  Company  reinsures  a  substantial  portion  of  its  automobile,  general  and  professional  liability  and  workers’ 
compensation  costs  under  reinsurance  programs  through  the  Company’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary  Social  Services 
Providers Captive Insurance Company (“SPCIC”). SPCIC is a licensed captive insurance company domiciled in the State 
of Arizona. SPCIC maintains reserves for obligations related to the Company’s reinsurance programs for its automobile, 
general and professional liability and workers’ compensation coverage.  

SPCIC reinsures third-party insurers for general and professional liability exposures for the first dollar of each and 
every  loss  up  to  $1,000  per  loss  and  $5,000  in  the  aggregate.  SPCIC  also  reinsures  third-party  insurers  for  automobile 
liability  exposures  for  $250  per  claim.  Additionally,  SPCIC  reinsures  a  third-party  insurer  for  worker’s  compensation 
insurance for  the  first  dollar of  each  and  every  loss  up  to $500  per  occurrence  with  an  $11,000  annual  policy  aggregate 
limit. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had reserves of approximately $10,635 and $8,800, respectively, 
for the automobile, general and professional liability and workers’ compensation programs (net of expected losses in excess 
73 

  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
of the Company’s liability which would be paid by third-party insurers to the extent losses are incurred). The reserves are 
classified as “Reinsurance liability reserve” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets.  

Based  on  an  independent  actuarial  report,  the  Company’s  expected  losses  related  to  workers’  compensation, 
automobile  and  general  and  professional  liability  in  excess  of  its  liability  under  its  associated  reinsurance  programs  at 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $3,540 and $3,209, respectively. The Company recorded a corresponding 
receivable from third-party insurers and liability at December 31, 2013 and 2012 for these expected losses, which would be 
paid by third-party insurers to the extent losses are incurred. 

In  addition,  the  Company’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Provado  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  (“Provado”), is  a  licensed 
captive  insurance  company  domiciled  in  the  State  of  South  Carolina. Provado  has  historically  provided  reinsurance  for 
policies written by a third party insurer for general liability, automobile liability, and automobile physical damage coverage 
to  various  members  of  the  network  of  subcontracted  transportation  providers  and  independent  third  parties  within  the 
Company’s  NET  Services  operating  segment.  Effective  February  15,  2011,  Provado  did  not  renew  its  reinsurance 
agreement and will not assume liabilities for policies after that date. It will continue to administer existing policies for the 
foreseeable future and resolve remaining and future claims related to these policies. 

Under a reinsurance agreement with a third party insurer, Provado reinsures the third party insurer for the first $250 
of each loss for each line of coverage, subject to an annual aggregate equal to 107.7% of gross written premium, and certain 
claims in excess of $250 to an additional aggregate limit of $1,100. Provado maintains reserves for obligations related to 
the  reinsurance  programs  for  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  and  automobile  physical  damage  coverage.  As  of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, Provado recorded reserves of approximately $1,880 and $4,423, respectively. The reserves 
are classified as “Reinsurance liability reserve” in the consolidated balance sheets.  

The Company utilizes analyses prepared by third party administrators and independent actuaries based on historical 
claims  information  with  respect  to  the  general  and  professional  liability  coverage,  workers’  compensation  coverage, 
automobile  liability,  automobile  physical  damage,  and  health  insurance  coverage  to  determine  the  amount  of  required 
reserves. 

The  Company  also  maintains  a  self-funded  health  insurance  program  with  a  stop-loss  umbrella  policy  with  a  third 
party insurer to limit the maximum potential liability for individual claims to $250 per person and for a maximum potential 
claim liability based on member enrollment. With respect to this program, the Company considers historical and projected 
medical  utilization  data  when  estimating  its  health  insurance  program  liability  and  related  expense.  As  of  December 31, 
2013  and  2012,  the  Company  had  approximately  $1,870  and  $2,077,  respectively,  in  reserve  for  its  self-funded  health 
insurance programs. The reserves are classified as “Reinsurance liability reserve” in the consolidated balance sheets.  

The Company regularly analyzes its reserves for incurred but not reported claims, and for reported but not paid claims 
related to its reinsurance and self-funded insurance programs. The Company believes its reserves are adequate. However, 
significant judgment is involved in assessing these reserves such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags between 
the claims’ incurred date, reported dates and paid dates, and the frequency and severity of claims. There may be differences 
between  actual  settlement  amounts  and  recorded  reserves  and  any  resulting  adjustments  are  included  in  expense  once  a 
probable amount is known. There were no significant adjustments recorded in the periods covered by this report.  

Critical Accounting Estimates  

The  Company  has  made  a  number  of  estimates  relating  to  the  reporting  of  assets  and  liabilities,  revenues  and 
expenses  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  to  prepare  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in 
conformity with GAAP. The Company based its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions the 
Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different  assumptions  or  conditions.  Some  of  the  more  significant  estimates  impact  revenue  recognition,  accounts 
receivable  and  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  accounting  for  business  combinations,  goodwill  and  other  intangible 
assets,  accrued  transportation  costs,  loss  reserves  for  reinsurance  and  self-funded  insurance  programs,  stock-based 
compensation and income taxes.  

74 

    
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
New and Pending Accounting Pronouncements  

     New Accounting Pronouncements  

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-02-Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220):  Reporting  of  Amounts 
Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 is intended to improve the 
reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, an entity is required to report 
the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net 
income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other 
amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an 
entity  is  required  to  cross-reference  other  disclosures  required  under  GAAP  that  provide  additional  detail  about  those 
amounts.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  supersede  the  presentation  requirements  for  reclassifications  out  of  accumulated 
other comprehensive income in ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12. ASU 2013-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted ASU 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 
did not have an effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

2.     Concentration of Credit Risk  

Contracts  with  governmental  agencies  and  other  entities  that  contract  with  governmental  agencies  accounted  for 
approximately  80.0%,  81.1%  and  81.5%  of  the  Company’s  revenue  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and 
2011, respectively. The contracts are subject to possible statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments, administrative 
rulings, rate freezes and funding reductions. Reductions in amounts paid under these contracts for the Company’s services 
or changes in methods or regulations governing payments for the Company’s services could materially adversely affect its 
revenue and profitability.  

 3.    Prepaid Expenses and Other  

Prepaid expenses and other were comprised of the following:  

Prepaid insurance .............................................................................................  $
Prepaid rent ......................................................................................................   
Prepaid taxes ....................................................................................................   
Prepaid bus tokens and passes ..........................................................................   
Prepaid maintenance agreements and copier leases .........................................   
Interest receivable - certificates of deposit .......................................................   
Prepaid payroll .................................................................................................   
Other.................................................................................................................   

December 31,  

2013 

2012 

4,409     $ 
1,685       
1,426       
1,367       
862       
503       
105       
1,474       

3,739  
1,067  
1,358  
1,224  
723  
679  
2,494  
1,338  

Total prepaid expenses and other .....................................................................  $

11,831     $ 

12,622  

75 

  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
      
         
 
   
 
 
4.      Property and Equipment  

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land ........................................................................    
Building ................................................................... 
Computer and telecom equipment ........................... 
Software .................................................................. 
Leasehold improvements ......................................... 
Furniture and fixtures .............................................. 
Automobiles ............................................................ 
Construction in progress..........................................    

Less accumulated depreciation ................................    

Estimated
Useful
Life (years)
-- 
39    
3 -  5 
3 
Lease Term  
7 
5 
-- 

      $

      $

December 31, 

2013

2012

1,911      $ 
11,629        
25,138        
12,333        
6,528        
3,963        
2,732        
1,816        
66,050        
33,341        
32,709      $ 

1,477   
9,515   
22,517   
11,337   
5,795   
3,799   
2,113   
2,716   
59,269   
28,889   
30,380   

Depreciation expense was approximately $7,738, $7,537 and $5,921 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 

and 2011, respectively.   

5.     Goodwill and Intangibles  

Goodwill 

Changes in goodwill were as follows:   

Balances at December 31, 2011 

Goodwill ..........................................................................................  $
Accumulated impairment losses ......................................................   

Psych Support Inc. acquisition ............................................................   
WCG foreign currency translation adjustment ....................................   
Balances at December 31, 2012 

Goodwill ..........................................................................................   
Accumulated impairment losses ......................................................   

WCG foreign currency translation adjustment ....................................   
Impairment charge ..............................................................................   
Balances at December 31, 2013 

Goodwill ..........................................................................................   
Accumulated impairment losses ......................................................   
  $

Human  
Services 

NET  
Services  

Consolidated 
Total 

79,223     $
(60,701)    
18,522      

191,215     $ 
(96,000)     
95,215       

270,438  
(156,701)
113,737  

125      
53      

79,401      
(60,701)    
18,700      

(160)    
(492)    

79,241      
(61,193)    
18,048     $

-      
-      

125  
53  

191,215       
(96,000)     
95,215       

270,616  
(156,701)
113,915  

-      
-      

(160)
(492)

191,215       
(96,000)     
95,215     $ 

270,456  
(157,193)
113,263  

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the not-for-profit entities managed by Rio Grande Management Company, 
L.L.C. (“Rio”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, were notified of the termination of funding for certain of their 
services. Management expected that due to this change in funding, the not-for-profit entities would not be able to maintain 
their historical level of business, which was expected to result in the decrease, or elimination of, services provided by Rio 
to these entities. The Company determined that these factors were indicators that an interim goodwill impairment test was 
required under ASC 350. As a result, the Company estimated the fair value of the goodwill it acquired in connection with 
the Rio acquisition to be zero at June 30, 2013, and at that time, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of approximately 
$492 in its Human Services operating segment to eliminate the carrying value of goodwill acquired in connection with its 

76 

  
 
  
 
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
  
      
      
  
  
      
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
 
       
 
       
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
acquisition of Rio. This charge is included in “Asset impairment charge” in the consolidated statements of income for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. 

The  Company  determined  in  connection  with  its  annual  asset  impairment  analysis  that  goodwill  was  not  further 

impaired as of December 31, 2013. 

During first nine months of 2012, WCG experienced a decline in its business due to the impact of a reorganization of 
the  service  delivery  system  in  British  Columbia,  which  began  in  early  2012.  As  part  of  this  reorganization,  all  of  the 
contracts for services in this market expired and new contracts were put up for bid. Due to an increased level of competition 
in British Columbia and a decrease in the number of services funded, WCG was unable to regain the level of business it 
experienced  prior  to  the  reorganization.  The  impact  of  this  service  delivery  system  reorganization  was  not  fully  realized 
until  the conclusion of  the  transition  to  the  new  system  in  the  third quarter of  2012  and  contributed  to  a decrease in  the 
financial  results  of  operations  of  WCG  for  2012.  The  Company  determined  that  these  factors  were  indicators  that  an 
interim asset impairment analysis was required under ASC 350. As a result, the Company estimated the fair value of the 
goodwill  it  acquired  in  connection  with  the  WCG  acquisition  based  on  a  weighted-average  of  a  market-based  valuation 
approach and an income-based valuation approach at September 30, 2012. The Company determined that goodwill related 
to the acquisition of WCG was not impaired at that time. However, as described below, intangible assets related to WCG 
were impaired.  

The total amount of goodwill that was deductible for income tax purposes for acquisitions as of December 31, 2013 

and 2012 was approximately $36,870 and $35,930, respectively.  

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets are comprised of acquired customer relationships, developed technology, management contracts and 
restrictive  covenants.  The  Company  valued  customer  relationships  and  the  management  contracts  acquired  based  upon 
expected future cash flows resulting from the underlying contracts with state and local agencies to provide human services 
in  the  case  of  customer  relationships,  and  management  and  administrative  services  provided  to  the  managed  entity  with 
respect to acquired management contracts.  

Intangible assets consisted of the following:  

December 31, 

2013

2012

Estimated 
Useful 
Life (Yrs)
10 
15 
10  
3  
6  
5  
14.1* 

    $

    $

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

    Accumulated
Amortization

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

     Accumulated
Amortization

11,422     $
73,990      
1,417      
989      
-     
-     
87,818     $

(9,975)   $ 

(33,319)    
(1,027)    
(21)    
-     
-     

(44,342)   $ 

12,008     $
74,130       
1,417       
-      
6,000       
35       
93,590     $

(9,347)
(28,609)
(886)
- 
(5,067)
(30)
(43,939)

Management contracts .............................    
Customer relationships .............................    
Customer relationships .............................    
Customer relationships .............................    
Developed technology ..............................    
Restrictive covenants ...............................    
Total .........................................................    

* Weighted-average amortization period at December 31, 2013. 

77 

    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
   
 
  
    
 
   
   
 
  
  
   
   
 
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
 
 
No  significant  residual  value  is  estimated  for  these  intangible  assets.  Amortization  expense  was  approximately 
$7,134,  $7,486  and  $7,735  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  The  total  amortization 
expense  is  estimated  to  be  as  follows  for  the  next  five  years  and  thereafter,  based  on  completed  acquisitions  as  of 
December 31, 2013:   

  $

Year
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 

Total 

  $

Amount

6,309  
5,715  
5,232  
4,817  
4,817  
16,586  

43,476  

The Company performed an interim asset impairment analysis, in connection with its goodwill impairment analysis, 
as of September 30, 2012. The Company determined that the value of the customer relationships acquired in connection 
with  its  acquisition  of  WCG  was  impaired  as  of  September  30,  2012.  Consequently,  the  Company  recorded  a  non-cash 
charge  of  approximately  $2,506  in  its  Human  Services  operating  segment  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  customer 
relationships  based  on  their  revised  estimated  fair  values.  In  estimating  the  fair  values  of  these  intangible  assets,  the 
Company  based  its  estimates  on  a  projected  discounted  cash  flow  basis.  This  charge  is  included  in  “Asset  impairment 
charge” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2012.  

In connection with its annual asset impairment analysis conducted as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company 

determined that no additional impairment charges were required to fairly state the value of these assets. 

6.     Accrued Expenses  

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:  

Accrued compensation ............................................................................................ $
NET Services contract adjustments .........................................................................  
Other........................................................................................................................  
 $

22,940     $
12,445       
17,099       
52,484     $

18,438  
3,119  
11,419  
32,976  

December 31,

2013 

2012

78 

  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
7.     Long-Term Obligations  

The Company’s long-term obligations were as follows:   

December 31, 
2013 

December 31,
2012

6.5% convertible senior subordinated notes, interest payable semi-annually beginning 

May 2008 with principal due May 2014 (the "Notes") .................................................  $

47,500     $ 

47,500  

$100,000 term loan, LIBOR plus 3.00% with principal and interest payable at least 

once every three months that was terminated in August 2013 ......................................   

-       

82,500  

$165,000 revolving loan, LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.50% (effective rate of 2.42% at 

December 31, 2013) through August 2018 with interest payable at least once every 
three months .................................................................................................................   

$60,000 term loan, LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.50%, with principal payable quarterly 

beginning December 31, 2014 and interest payable at least once every three months, 
through August 2018 ....................................................................................................   

Less current portion ..........................................................................................................   
  $

16,000       

- 

60,000       
123,500       
48,250       
75,250     $ 

- 
130,000  
14,000  
116,000  

The carrying amount of the long-term obligations approximated its fair value at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The 
fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations was estimated based on interest rates for the same or similar debt offered 
to the Company having same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements. 

Annual maturities of long-term obligations as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:   

Year
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

  $

Amount

48,250 
3,375 
4,875 
6,750 
60,250 

Total 

  $

123,500 

Convertible senior subordinated notes  

On  November 13,  2007,  the  Company  issued  $70,000  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  6.5%  Convertible  Senior 
Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”), under the amended note purchase agreement dated November 9, 2007 
to  the  purchasers  named  therein.  The  proceeds  of  $70,000  were  initially  placed  into  escrow  and  were  released  on 
December 7,  2007  to  partially  fund  the  cash  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of  Charter  LCI  Corporation,  including  its 
subsidiaries,  collectively  referred  to  as  LogistiCare.  The  Senior  Notes  are  general  unsecured  obligations  subordinated  in 
right of payment to any existing or future senior debt.  

In connection with the Company’s issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company entered into an Indenture between the 

Company, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Indenture”).  

79 

  
    
  
 
    
 
  
      
        
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
The Senior Notes are convertible, under certain circumstances, into our common stock at a conversion rate, subject to 
adjustment as provided for in the Indenture, of 23.982 shares per $1 principal amount of Senior Notes. This conversion rate 
is  equivalent  to  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $41.698  per  share.  On  and  after  the  occurrence  of  a 
fundamental change (as defined below), the Senior Notes will be convertible at any time prior to the close of business on 
the business day before the stated maturity date of the Senior Notes. In the event of a fundamental change as described in 
the Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Senior Notes 
for cash. A fundamental change includes among other things: (i) the acquisition in a transaction or series of transactions of 
50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock; (ii) a merger or consolidation of the 
Company  with  or  into  another  entity,  merger  of  another  entity  into  the  Company,  or  the  sale,  transfer  or  lease  of  all  or 
substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets  to  another  entity  (other  than  to  one  or  more  of  the  Company’s  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries), other than any such transaction (A) pursuant to which holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of the 
Company’s  capital  stock  entitled  to  vote  in  the  election  of  directors  immediately  prior  to  such  transaction  have  or  are 
entitled to receive, directly or indirectly, at least 50% or more of the total voting power of the capital stock entitled to vote 
in  the  election  of  directors  of  the  continuing or  surviving  corporation  immediately  after  such  transaction or (B) which  is 
effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a reclassification, conversion or 
exchange of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock into solely shares of common stock; (iii) if, during any 
consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of that two-year period constituted the Company’s board of 
directors,  together  with  any  new  directors  whose  election  to  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  or  whose  nomination  for 
election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were 
either  directors  at  the  beginning  of  such  period  or  whose  election  or  nomination  for  election  was  previously  approved, 
cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  then  in  office;  (iv) if  a  resolution 
approving  a  plan  of  liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Company  is  approved  by  its  board  of  directors  or  the  Company’s 
stockholders; and (v) upon the occurrence of a termination of trading as defined in the Indenture.  

The  Indenture  contains  customary  terms  and  provisions  that  provide  that  upon  certain  events  of  default,  including, 
without limitation, the failure to pay amounts due under the Senior Notes when due, the failure to perform or observe any 
term, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, or certain defaults under other agreements or instruments, occurring and 
continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes then 
outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of  the  Senior  Notes  and  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  through  the  date  of  such 
declaration  immediately  due  and payable. Upon  any  such  declaration, such  principal,  premium,  if  any,  and  interest  shall 
become due and payable immediately. In the case of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the Company or 
any  significant  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  the  principal  amount  of  the  Senior  Notes  together  with  any  accrued  interest 
through  the  occurrence  of  such  event  shall  automatically  become  and  be  immediately  due  and  payable  without  any 
declaration or other act of the Trustee or the holders of the Senior Notes.  

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  repurchased  approximately  $0  and  $2,493, 

respectively, of the Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2013, $47.5 million of the Senior Notes was outstanding.  

Credit facility 

On August 2, 2013, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Bank of America, 
N.A.,  as  administrative  agent,  swing  line  lender  and  letter  of  credit  issuer,  SunTrust  Bank,  as  syndication  agent,  Merrill 
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book 
managers  and  other  lenders  party  thereto.  The  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  provides  the  Company  with  a 
senior  secured  credit  facility  (“New  Senior  Credit  Facility”),  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $225,000,  comprised  of  a 
$60,000 term loan facility and a $165,000 revolving credit facility. The New Senior Credit Facility includes sublimits for 
swingline  loans  and  letters  of  credit  in  amounts  of  up  to  $10,000  and  $25,000,  respectively.  On  August  2,  2013,  the 
Company borrowed the entire amount available under the term loan facility and $16,000 under the revolving credit facility 
and used the proceeds thereof to refinance certain of the Company’s existing indebtedness. Prospectively, the proceeds of 
the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  may  be  used  to  (i)  fund  ongoing  working  capital  requirements;  (ii)  make  capital 
expenditures; (iii) repay the Senior Notes; and (iv) other general corporate purposes. 

Under  the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility,  the  Company  has  an  option  to  request  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  the 
revolving  credit  facility  and/or  the  term  loan  facility  from  time  to  time  (on  substantially  the  same  terms  as  apply  to  the 
existing  facilities)  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $75,000  with  either  additional  commitments  from  lenders  under  the 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement at such time or new  commitments from financial institutions acceptable to the 
administrative  agent  in  its  reasonable  discretion,  so  long  as  no  default  or  event  of  default  exists  at  the  time  of  any  such 
increase. The Company may not be able to access additional funds under this increase option as no lender is obligated to 
participate in any such increase under the New Senior Credit Facility.  

80 

  
  
  
  
 
The New Senior Credit Facility matures on August 2, 2018. The Company may prepay the New Senior Credit Facility 
in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  without  premium  or  penalty,  subject  to  reimbursement  of  the  lenders’  breakage  and 
redeployment costs in connection with prepayments of London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) loans. The unutilized 
portion of the commitments under the New Senior Credit Facility may be irrevocably reduced or terminated by us at any 
time without penalty.  

Interest  on  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  loans  accrues,  at  the  Company’s  election,  at  a  per  annum  rate 
equal to LIBOR, plus an applicable margin or the base rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 
1.75% to 2.50% in the case of LIBOR loans and 0.75% to 1.50% in the case of the base rate loans, in each case based on 
the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Interest on the loans 
is  payable  quarterly  in  arrears.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  obligated  to  pay  a  quarterly  commitment  fee  based  on  a 
percentage  of  the  unused  portion  of  each  lender’s  commitment  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  quarterly  letter  of 
credit fees based on a percentage of the maximum amount available to be drawn under each outstanding letter of credit. The 
commitment fee and letter of credit fee ranges from 0.25% to 0.50% and 1.75% to 2.50%, respectively, in each case, based 
on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  

The term loan facility is subject to quarterly amortization payments, commencing on December 31, 2014, so that the 
following percentages of the term loan outstanding on the closing date plus the principal amount of any term loans funded 
pursuant  to  the  increase  option  are  repaid  as  follows:  5.0%  between  December  31,  2014  and  September  30,  2015,  7.5% 
between  December  31,  2015  and  September  30,  2016,  10.0%  between  December  31,  2016  and  September  30,  2017, 
11.25%  between  December  31,  2017  and  June  30,  2018  and  the  remaining  balance  at  maturity.  The  New  Senior  Credit 
Facility  also  requires  the  Company  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  as  set  forth  in  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement) to prepay the outstanding loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds received from 
certain asset dispositions, debt issuances, insurance and casualty awards and other extraordinary receipts. 

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of 
default.  The  negative  covenants  include  restrictions  on  the  Company’s  ability  to,  among  other  things,  incur  additional 
indebtedness, create liens, make investments, give guarantees, pay dividends, sell assets and merge and consolidate. The 
Company is subject to financial covenants, including consolidated net leverage and consolidated fixed charge covenants. 

The  Company’s  obligations  under  the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  all  of  its  present  and  future 
domestic  subsidiaries,  excluding  certain  domestic  subsidiaries,  which  include  its  insurance  captives  and  not-for-profit 
subsidiaries. The  Company’s,  and  each  guarantor’s, obligations under  its  guaranty  of  the  New  Senior  Credit  Facility  are 
secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s respective assets, including a pledge of 100% of the 
issued and outstanding stock of its domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of its first tier foreign 
subsidiaries.  

The  Company  incurred  fees  of  approximately  $2,056  to  refinance  its  long-term  debt.  The  Company  accounted  for 
fees  related  to  the  refinancing  of  its  long-term  debt,  as  well  as  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  the  prior 
senior  credit  facility,  under  ASC  470-50  –  Debt  Modifications  and  Extinguishments.  As  both  credit  facilities  were  loan 
syndications,  and  a  number  of  lenders  participated  in  both  credit  facilities,  the  Company  evaluated  the  accounting  for 
financing fees on a lender by lender basis. Of the total amount of deferred financing fees related to the prior senior credit 
facility,  approximately  $849  will  continue  to  be  deferred  and  amortized  and  approximately  $525  was  expensed  during 
2013.  Of  the  $2,056  of  fees  incurred  to  refinance  the  long-term  debt,  approximately  $1,801  was  deferred  and  will  be 
amortized to interest expense and approximately $254 was expensed in 2013. 

8.     Business Segments  

The  Company’s  operations  are  organized  and  reviewed  by  management  along  its  services  lines.  The  Company 
operates  in  two  segments,  Human  Services  and  NET  Services.  Human  Services  includes  government  sponsored  human 
services  consisting  of  home  and  community  based  counseling,  foster  care  and  not-for-profit  management  services.  NET 
Services includes managing the delivery of non-emergency transportation services.  

Segment asset disclosures include property and equipment and other intangible assets. The accounting policies of the 
Company’s segments are the same as those of the consolidated Company. The Company evaluates performance based on 
operating  income.  Operating  income  is  revenue  less  operating  expenses  (including  cost  of  non-emergency  transportation 
services, client service expense, general and administrative expense, depreciation and amortization, and asset impairment 
charge)  and  is  not  affected  by  other  income/expense  or  by  income  taxes.  Other  income/expense  consists  principally  of 
interest  expense,  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  gain  on  bargain  purchase  and  interest  income.  In  calculating  operating 
81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
income for each segment, general and administrative expenses incurred at the corporate level are allocated to each segment 
based upon their relative direct expense levels excluding costs for purchased services. Corporate costs includes corporate 
accounting  and  finance,  information  technology,  external  audit,  tax  compliance,  business  development,  cost  reporting 
compliance, internal audit, employee training, legal and various other overhead costs. All intercompany transactions have 
been eliminated.  

The following table sets forth certain financial information attributable to the Company’s business segments for the 
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. In addition, none of the segments have significant non-cash items other 
than asset impairment charges and depreciation and amortization charges in operating income. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013 

Human 
Services (c) 

NET  
Services 

Corporate 
(a)(b)  

Consolidated 
Total 

Revenues ........................................................................  $
Depreciation and amortization .......................................   
Operating income ...........................................................   
Net interest expense .......................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt .....................................   
Total assets .....................................................................   
Capital expenditures (d) .................................................   

352,436     $
7,147      
640      
196      
265      
140,964      
2,538      

770,246     $
7,725      
37,994      
6,698      
260      
247,666      
5,308      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      
-      
36,128      
3,326      

1,122,682  
14,872  
38,634  
6,894  
525  
424,758  
11,172  

For the year ended December 31, 2012 

Human 
Services  (c) 

NET  
Services 

Corporate 
(a)(b)  

Consolidated 
Total 

Revenues ........................................................................  $
Depreciation and amortization .......................................   
Operating income ...........................................................   
Net interest expense (income) ........................................   
Total assets .....................................................................   
Capital expenditures .......................................................   

355,231     $
7,408      
707      
(61)    
145,770      
2,489      

750,658     $
7,615      
23,494      
7,569      
216,698      
6,271      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      
29,269       
762       

1,105,889  
15,023  
24,201  
7,508  
391,737  
9,522  

For the year ended December 31, 2011 

Human 
Services (c)

NET  
Services 

Corporate 
(a)(b) 

Consolidated 
Total 

Revenues ........................................................................  $
Depreciation and amortization .......................................   
Operating income ...........................................................   
Net interest expense .......................................................   
Gain on bargain purchase ...............................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt .....................................   
Total assets .....................................................................   
Capital expenditures .......................................................   

361,439     $
7,082      
11,221      
47      
2,711      
1,857      
155,710      
3,023      

581,541    $
6,574     
25,418     
9,955     
-     
606     
204,667     
4,302     

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
18,676       
3,981       

942,980  
13,656  
36,639  
10,002  
2,711  
2,463  
379,053  
11,306  

(a)  Corporate costs have been allocated to the Human Services and NET Services operating segments. 
(b)  Corporate assets include the following: 

2013

December 31,
2012

2011 

Cash .................................................  $
Property and equipment ...................   
Prepaid expenses ..............................   
Other assets ......................................   

22,424     $
10,407      
2,599      
698      

18,017     $ 
8,727      
2,128      
397      

6,921  
9,150  
2,160  
445  

(c)  Excludes  intersegment  revenues  of  approximately  $326  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  $378  for  the  year  ended

Decmeber 31, 2012 and $530 for the year ended December 31, 2011 that have been eliminated in consolidation. 

(d)  Includes Human Services' purchase of intangible assets totalling $989 related to immaterial asset acquisitions. 

82 

   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
         
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
         
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
         
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
 
 
The following table details the Company’s revenues, net income and long-lived assets by geographic location.  

Revenue ...................................................................................  $
Net income ..............................................................................   
Long-lived assets .....................................................................   

1,112,120     $
19,527      
186,415      

10,562     $ 
(89)     
3,033       

1,122,682  
19,438  
189,448  

For the year ended December 31, 2013

United 
States (a) 

Canada  

Consolidated  
Total 

Revenue ...................................................................................  $
Net income ..............................................................................   
Long-lived assets .....................................................................   

1,091,778     $
11,045      
190,415      

14,111     $ 
(2,563)     
3,531       

1,105,889  
8,482  
193,946  

For the year ended December 31, 2012

United 
States (a) 

Canada  

Consolidated  
Total 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

United 
States (a) 

Canada  

Consolidated  
Total 

Revenue ...................................................................................  $
Net income ..............................................................................   
Long-lived assets .....................................................................   

920,341     $
16,924      
195,777      

22,639     $ 
16       
5,997       

942,980  
16,940  
201,774  

(a) The Human Services and NET Services operating segments, on an aggregate basis, derived approximately 9.7%, 
9.7%  and  12.2%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  revenue  from  the  State  of  Virginia’s  Department  of  Medical
Assistance  Services  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  Additionally,  both 
segments, on an aggregate basis, derived approximately 10.5%, 10.3% and 11.0% of the Company’s consolidated
revenue from the State of New Jersey for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

9.     Stockholders’ Equity  

The  Company’s  second  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  the  Company’s  authorized 
capital  stock  consists  of  40,000,000  shares  of  common  stock,  $0.001  par  value  per  share,  and  10,000,000  shares  of 
preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.  

At  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  there  were  14,477,312  and  13,785,947  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock 
outstanding,  respectively,  (including  956,442  treasury  shares  at  December 31,  2013  and  928,478  treasury  shares  at 
December 31, 2012) and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.  

83 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
   
  
   
  
  
    
 
 
The following table reflects the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for future issuance 

as of December 31, 2013:   

Shares of common stock reserved for: 

Exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards ........................................................................    
Issuance of Performance Restricted Stock Units ................................................................................    
Exchangeable shares issued in connection with the acquisition of WCG that are exchangeable into 

shares of the Company's common stock .........................................................................................    
Convertible senior subordinated notes ................................................................................................    

1,033,094  
73,532  

261,694  
1,509,360  

Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuance ...................................................................    

2,877,680  

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted a total of 63,407 shares of restricted stock to non-
employee directors of its board of directors, executive officers and certain key employees during the year ended December 
31, 2013. The awards primarily vest in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of 
grant. The weighted-average fair value of these awards totaled $24.30 per share.  

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 382,458 shares of its common stock in connection 
with the exercise of employee stock options under the 2006 Plan. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, 
the Company issued 209,668 shares of its common stock in connection with the exercise of employee stock options under 
the Company’s 2003 Stock Option Plan (“2003 Plan”). During 2013, the Company also issued 99,239 shares of its common 
stock to non-employee directors, executive officers and key employees upon the vesting of certain restricted stock awards 
granted in 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 under the Company’s 2006 Plan. In connection with the vesting of these restricted 
stock awards, 27,964 shares of the Company’s common stock were surrendered to the Company by the recipients to pay 
their associated taxes due to the federal and state taxing authorities during 2013. These shares were placed in treasury.  

On February 1, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock repurchase program for up to one million 
shares of its common stock. The Company may purchase shares of its common stock from time to time in the open market 
or  in  privately  negotiated  transactions,  depending  on  the  market  conditions  and  the  Company’s  capital  requirements.  In 
2012, the Company spent approximately $3,489 to purchase 293,600 shares of its common stock in the open market. As of 
December  31,  2013,  the  Company  spent  approximately  $14,376  to  purchase  756,100  shares  of  its  common  stock  in  the 
open market since the inception of this stock repurchase program. 

Subject to the rights specifically granted to holders of any then outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock, 
the  Company’s  common  stockholders  are  entitled  to  vote  together  as  a  class  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the 
Company’s stockholders, and are entitled to any dividends that may be declared by the Company’s board of directors. The 
Company’s common stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights. Upon the Company’s dissolution, liquidation or 
winding  up,  holders  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  are  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  the  Company’s  net  assets  after 
payment  or  provision  for  all  liabilities  and  any  preferential  liquidation  rights  of  the  Company’s  preferred  stock  then 
outstanding.  The  Company’s  common  stockholders  do  not  have  preemptive  rights  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s 
stock. The issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and 
are not convertible into any other shares of the Company’s capital stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders 
of the Company’s common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of the Company’s preferred stock the 
Company may issue in the future.  

On  December 9,  2008,  the  Board  declared  a  dividend  of  one  preferred  stock  purchase  right  (a  “Right”)  for  each 
outstanding share of the Company’s voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share to stockholders of record at the close 
of  business  on  December 22,  2008  (the  “Record  Date”).  Each  Right  entitles  the  registered  holder  to  purchase  from  the 
Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the 
“Preferred Stock” or the “Preferred Shares”), at a specified purchase price (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment. On 
December 9,  2008,  the  Company  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Rights  Agent,  entered  into  a  Rights 
Agreement which was subsequently amended on October 9, 2009 (the “Initial Rights Agreement”). 

84 

  
      
 
  
      
 
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
On  December 8,  2011,  the  Board  approved  an  amendment  and  restatement  of  the  Initial  Rights  Agreement  which 
amends and restates in its entirety the Initial Rights Agreement. On December 9, 2011, the Company and Computershare 
Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Rights  Agent,  executed  an  Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  (the  “Amended  Rights 
Agreement”)  to,  among  other  things,  extend  the  Expiration  Date  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Amended  Rights 
Agreement) for an additional three-year period so that the Rights expire upon the close of business on December 9, 2014, 
increase  the Purchase Price from  $15.00  to $20.00 per  one one-hundredth of  a Preferred  Share,  expand  the  definition of 
Acquiring Person (as such term is defined in the Amended Rights Agreement) to include persons acting in concert with the 
person or group acquiring the Company’s common stock, expand the definition of Beneficial Ownership (as such term is 
defined  in  the  Amended  Rights  Agreement)  to  include  certain  derivative  securities  relating  to  the  Company’s  common 
stock and change certain other provisions in order to address various current practices in connection with stockholder rights 
agreements.  

Initially,  the  Rights  are  attached  to  all  outstanding  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  no  separate  Rights 
certificates will be issued until the distribution date (as defined in the Rights Agreement). The Rights are not exercisable 
until the distribution date. The Rights will expire on December 9, 2014, unless this date is amended or unless the Rights are 
earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company. In addition, the Rights Agreement  also provides that the Rights among 
other  things:  (i) will  not  become  exercisable  in  connection  with  a  qualified  fully  financed  offer  for  any  or  all  of  the 
outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (as described in the Rights Agreement); (ii) permit each holder of a 
Right to receive, upon exercise, shares of the Company’s common stock with a value equal to twice that of the exercise 
price  of  the  Right  if  20%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  is  acquired  by  a  person  or  group;  and 
(iii) in the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its 
consolidated  assets  or  earning  power  are  sold  after  a  person  or  group  has  acquired  20%  or  more  of  the  Company’s 
outstanding  common  stock,  will  allow  each  holder  of  a  Right  to  receive,  upon  the  exercise  thereof  at  the  then-current 
exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company, which at the time of such 
transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.  

The  number  of  outstanding  Rights  and  the  number  of  one  one-hundredths  of  a  Preferred  Share  to  be  issued  upon 
exercise of each Right are subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Because of the nature of the Preferred Shares’ 
dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of the one one-hundredth interest in a Preferred Share purchasable upon 
exercise  of  each  Right  should  approximate  the  value  of  one  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  Until  a  Right  is 
exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, 
the right to vote or to receive dividends. 

The Rights are designed to assure that all of the Company’s stockholders receive fair and equal treatment in the event 
of any proposed takeover of the Company and to guard against partial tender offers, open market accumulations and other 
abusive or coercive tactics without paying stockholders a control premium. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a 
person  or  group  (together  with  all  affiliates  and  associates  of  such  person  or  group  and  any  person  or  group  of  persons 
acting  in  concert  therewith  (collectively,  “Related  Persons”)),  other  than  specified  exempt  persons,  that  acquires  20%  or 
more  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  (which  includes  for  this  purpose  stock  referenced  in  derivative  transactions  and 
securities) on terms not approved by the Board. The Rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of the Company and will 
not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board at any time prior to the first date that a 
person or group (together with all Related Persons) becomes an Acquiring Person.  

On  August  16,  2012,  the  Company’s  stockholders  ratified  the  adoption  by  the  Board  of  the  Amended  Rights 

Agreement.   

10.   Stock-Based Compensation Arrangements  

The Company provides stock-based compensation under the Company’s 2003 Plan and 2006 Plan to employees, non-
employee directors, consultants and advisors. Upon stockholder approval in May 2006, the 2006 Plan replaced the former 
1997  Stock  Option  and  Incentive  Plan  (“1997  Plan”)  and  2003  Plan.  While  all  awards  outstanding  under  the  2003  Plan 
remain in effect in accordance with their terms, no additional grants or awards will be made under this plan. The 1997 Plan 
has expired and no awards were outstanding under the 1997 Plan as of December 31, 2013. 

85 

  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
To achieve the purposes of the Company’s stock-based compensation program described above, the 2006 Plan allows 
the  flexibility  to  grant  or  award  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  unrestricted  stock,  stock  units 
including restricted stock units and performance awards to eligible persons.  

Stock option awards granted under the 2003 Plan and 2006 Plan were generally ten year options granted at fair market 
value on the date of grant with time based vesting over a period determined at the time the options were granted, ranging 
from one to four years (which is equal to the requisite service period) prior to the acceleration of vesting noted below. The 
Company does not intend to pay dividends on unexercised options. New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued 
when the options are exercised.  

The following table summarizes the activity under the 1997 Plan, 2003 Plan and 2006 Plan as of December 31, 2013:  

Number of shares
of the Company's
common stock 
authorized for 
issuance

Number of shares
of the Company's 
common stock  
remaining 
available for  
future grants

Number of shares of the Company's 
common stock subject to

Options 

Stock Grants

1997 Plan ........................................    
2003 Plan  .......................................    
2006 Plan ........................................    

428,572      
1,400,000      
4,400,000      

-     
-     
1,549,786      

-      
270,502       
603,750       

- 
- 
232,374  

Total ...............................................    

6,228,572      

1,549,786      

874,252       

232,374  

The Company chose to follow the short-cut method prescribed by ASC 718 to calculate its pool of excess tax benefits 
available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of ASC 718 (“APIC pool”). There was no effect 
on the Company’s financial results for 2013, 2012 or 2011 related to the application of the short-cut method to determine 
its APIC pool balance. 

The Company calculates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula. Stock-based 
compensation  expense  charged  against  income  for  stock  options  and  stock  grants  awarded  during  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  was  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  adjusted  for  estimated  forfeitures  based  on 
awards  expected  to  vest  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  718.  For  stock-based  compensation  awards  granted 
during  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  associated  expense  is  amortized  over  the  vesting  period  of  primarily  three  years. 
Additionally,  ASC  718  requires  forfeitures  to  be  estimated  at  the  time  of  grant  and  revised  as  necessary  in  subsequent 
periods if the actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. 

The  following  table  reflects  the  amount  of  stock-based  compensation,  for  stock  settled  awards,  recorded  in  each 

financial statement line item for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

Year ended December 31, 
2012 

2011

2013

Cost of non-emergency transportation services ............................  $
Client service expense ...................................................................   
General and administrative expense ..............................................   

1,054     $
604      
1,421      

1,354    $ 
792      
1,727      

Total stock-based compensation ...................................................  $

3,079     $

3,873    $ 

1,069  
652  
1,954  

3,675  

The amounts above exclude the tax impact of approximately $909, $960 and $774 for the years ended December 31, 

2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount of excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise 
of stock options was approximately $1,120, $91 and $17, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011, the Company had tax shortfalls resulting from the exercise of stock options of approximately $683, $306 and $117, 
respectively. The excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options are reflected as cash flows from financing 
activities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 in the consolidated statements of cash flows.  

86 

  
  
  
  
    
 
   
     
 
      
 
 
  
  
   
     
 
      
 
 
  
  
   
     
 
      
 
 
  
  
   
     
 
      
 
 
  
  
   
   
 
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
    
      
      
       
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
   
      
       
  
   
  
The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:  

Year ended December 31, 2013 

Number 
of Shares 
Under 
Option

Weighted- 
average 
Exercise  
Price

Weighted- 
average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value

Balance at beginning of period ...................    
Granted ................................................    
Exercised ..............................................    
Forfeited or expired .............................    
Outstanding at end of period .......................    
Vested or expected to vest at end of period     
Exercisable at end of period ........................    

1,724,421     $
-     
(592,126)   
(258,043)   
874,252     $
768,945     $
872,009     $

19.48      
-     
17.01      
24.22      
19.76      
20.64      
19.78      

4.2    $
4.1    $
4.2    $

5,812 
4,515 
5,783 

The  weighted-average  grant-date  fair  value  for  options  granted,  total  intrinsic  value  and  cash  received  by  the 

Company related to options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:   

2013

Year ended December 31, 
2012 

2011

Weighted-average grant date fair value .............................  Not Applicable       $
Options exercised: 

Total intrinsic value .......................................................  $
Cash received.................................................................  $

4,544     $
10,069     $

6.92    $ 

10.40  

351    $ 
949    $ 

47  
56  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  of  the  shares  and  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  of  the 

Company’s non-vested restricted common stock during the year ended December 31, 2013:   

Shares

Weighted-average
grant date 
fair value

Non-vested at December 31, 2012 ....................................................................   
Granted ..........................................................................................................   
Vested ............................................................................................................   
Forfeited ........................................................................................................   
Non-vested at December 31, 2013 ....................................................................   

225,744     $ 
63,407     $ 
(99,239 )   $ 
(31,070 )   $ 
158,842     $ 

15.25  
24.30  
16.01  
18.69  
17.68  

Restricted stock grants were not made prior to the approval of the 2006 Plan on May 25, 2006. The fair value of a 
non-vested restricted stock grant is determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the 
date of grant.  

87 

  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
   
  
  
 
    
 
  
      
         
 
   
   
 
 
As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $2,428 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested 
stock-based  compensation  arrangements  granted  under  the  2006  Plan.  The  cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a 
weighted-average  period  of 0.7  years.  The  total  fair  value  of  shares vested  was $3,642,  $4,076  and $2,750  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

There  were  no  stock  options  awarded  during  2013.  The  fair  value  of  each  stock  option  awarded  during  the  years 
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula and 
amortized over the option’s vesting periods with the following assumptions:   

Expected dividend yield .............................................................   
Expected stock price volatility ...................................................   
Risk-free interest rate .................................................................   
Expected life of options (in years) .............................................   

Year ended December 31, 

2012
  0.0% 
  82.1%

0.4% - 
- 

3.3

0.5% 
3.6 

2011
  0.0%
86.8% -  88.1% 
1.9% -  2.6% 
5.2  -  7.5  

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury security rate in effect as of the date of grant. The expected 
lives of options and the expected stock price volatility were based on the Company’s historical data. Implied volatility was 
not considered due to the low volume of traded options on the Company’s common stock.  

11.   Performance Restricted Stock Units  

The Company has granted performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) to its executive officers that may be settled 

in cash or stock as set forth in the table below.  

Number of 
PRSUs 
Granted 

Return on Equity 
Performance Levels

Date of Grant 
March 14, 2011 .............    
January 13, 2012 ...........    
March 28, 2013 .............    
May 7, 2013 ..................    
June 7, 2013 ..................    

        Threshold      Target
18% 
18% 
15% 
15% 
15% 

14% 
14% 
12% 
12% 
12% 

122,144       
113,891       
67,276       
18,926       
17,424       

Fiscal Year 
Performance
Vesting
 2011

Vesting 
   Graded vesting 

   2012 -  2014   Cliff vesting 
   2013 -  2015   December 31, 2015   
   2013 -  2015   December 31, 2015   
   2013 -   2015   December 31, 2015   

 Settlement
Form
Cash 
Cash 
Stock 
Stock 
Stock 

The number  of  PRSUs  eligible  to  be  settled  in  cash or  stock,  as  noted above,  will be  based on  the achievement  of 
return  on  equity  (determined  by  the  quotient  resulting  from  dividing  the  Company  consolidated  net  income  for  the 
performance periods of each grant by the average of its beginning of the year and end of the year stockholders’ equity for 
the respective performance periods) (“ROE”) targets established by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board 
for the performance periods under each grant.  

Cash used to settle the PRSUs granted on March 14, 2011 totaled $560 in both 2013 and 2012. 

88 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
        
   
        
  
       
  
       
  
   
  
  
  
    
       
     
      
    
 
  
  
    
       
     
    
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
  
    
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  of  the  shares  and  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  of  the 

Company’s stock settled PRSUs during the year ended December 31, 2013:   

Shares

Weighted-average
grant date 
fair value

Non-vested at December 31, 2012 ....................................................................   
Granted ..........................................................................................................   
Forfeited ........................................................................................................   

-     $ 
103,626     $ 
(30,094 )   $ 

Non-vested at December 31, 2013 ....................................................................   

73,532     $ 

- 
20.05  
20.24  

19.98  

Compensation expense of approximately $162 was recorded by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 
related to the PRSUs granted in 2013.There was no compensation expense recorded by the Company for the years ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to the PRSUs granted in 2012 as the threshold ROE level is not expected to be met. 
Additionally,  compensation  expense  of  approximately  $62,  $371  and  $906  was  recorded  by  the  Company  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to the PRSUs granted in 2011.  

12.   Earnings Per Share  

The following table details the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

Year ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

Numerator: 

Net income available to common stockholders ...............................  $

19,438     $

8,482     $

16,940  

Denominator: 

Denominator for basic earnings per share -- weighted-average 

shares ...........................................................................................   

13,499,885      

13,225,448       

13,242,702  

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Common stock options and restricted stock awards .................   
Performance-based restricted stock units .................................   

292,937      
17,052      

129,165       
-       

78,907  
- 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share -- adjusted weighted-

average shares assumed conversion .............................................   

13,809,874      

13,354,613       

13,321,609  

Basic earnings per share ......................................................................  $
Diluted earnings per share ...................................................................  $

1.44     $
1.41     $

0.64     $
0.64     $

1.28  
1.27  

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, employee stock options to purchase 452,421, 1,563,247 and 
1,601,158 shares, respectively, of common stock were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as the 
exercise price of these options was greater than the average fair value of the common stock for the period and, therefore, 
the effect of these options would have been anti-dilutive. The effect of issuing 1,139,145, 1,179,999 and 1,429,542 shares 
of  common  stock  on  an  assumed  conversion  basis  related  to  the  Senior  Notes  was  not  included  in  the  computation  of 
diluted  earnings  per  share  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively,  as  it  would  have  been 
antidilutive.   

13.   Leases  

The Company leases many of its operating and office facilities for various terms under non-cancelable operating lease 
agreements.  The  leases  expire  in  various  years  and  provide  for  renewal  options.  In  the  normal  course  of  business,  it  is 
expected that these leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other properties.  

89 

  
  
 
    
 
  
      
         
 
  
   
        
  
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
   
  
  
   
 
 
The operating leases provide for increases in future minimum annual rental payments based on defined increases in 
the Consumer Price Index, subject to certain minimum increases. Several of these lease agreements contain provisions for 
periods in which rent payments are reduced. The total amount of rental payments due over the lease term is being charged 
to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense recorded and the 
amount paid as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $1,355 and $1,207, respectively, and was included in 
"Accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. Also, the lease agreements generally require the Company to pay 
executory costs such as real estate taxes, insurance, and repairs.  

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consisted of 

the following at December 31, 2013:  

2014 ..............................................................  $
2015 ..............................................................   
2016 ..............................................................   
2017 ..............................................................   
2018 ..............................................................   
Thereafter .....................................................   

Total future minimum lease payments .........  $

Operating 
Leases

15,662   
11,845   
8,956   
6,536   
4,041   
8,866   

55,906   

Rent  expense  related  to  operating  leases  was  approximately  $21,398,  $21,285  and  $19,412,  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.   

14.   Retirement Plan  

Human Services  

The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended (“IRC”), for all employees of its Human Services operating segment and corporate personnel, as well as 
employees  of  its  NET  Services  operating  segment  as  of  January  1,  2012.  The  Company,  at  its  discretion,  may  make  a 
matching contribution to the plans. The Company’s contributions to the plans were approximately $501, $461 and $406, for 
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

On  August 31,  2007,  the  Board  adopted  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (the 
“Deferred  Compensation  Plan”)  for  the  Company’s  eligible  employees  and  independent  contractors  of  a  participating 
employer (as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan). Under the Deferred Compensation Plan participants may defer 
all or a portion of their base salary, service bonus, performance-based compensation earned in a period of 12 months or 
more, commissions and, in the case of independent contractors, compensation reportable on Form 1099.   

NET Services  

The Company maintained a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the IRC for all employees of 
its  NET  Services  operating  segment  through  December  31,  2011.  Under  this  plan,  the  Company  contributed  an  amount 
equal to 25% of the first 5% of participant elective contributions. At the end of each plan year, the Company could also 
make a contribution on a discretionary basis on behalf of participants who have made elective contributions for the plan 
year.  In  no  event  did  participant  shares  of  the  Company’s  matching  contribution  exceed  1.25%  of  participants’ 
compensation  for  the  plan  year.  For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011,  the  Company  made  contributions  to  this  plan 
totaling approximately $135. Effective January 1, 2012, employees of the NET Services segment were transferred to the 
Human Services operating segment 401(k) plan as discussed above. 

90 

  
  
  
 
  
  
      
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
The Company also maintains a 409 (A) Deferred Compensation Rabbi Trust Plan for highly compensated employees 
of its NET Services operating segment. This plan was put in place to compensate for the inability of highly compensated 
employees to take full advantage of the Company’s 401(k) plan.   

15.    Income Taxes  

The federal and state income tax provision is summarized as follows:  

Federal: 

Current .................................................................................  $
Deferred ...............................................................................   

State: 

Current .................................................................................  $
Deferred ...............................................................................   

Foreign: 

Current .................................................................................  $
Deferred ...............................................................................   

2013

Year ended December 31, 
2012 

2011

12,666     $
(2,805)    
9,861      

2,412     $
(478)    
1,934      

(19)   $
1      
(18)    

6,909     $ 
(81 )     
6,828       

2,124     $ 
85       
2,209       

(6 )   $ 
(820 )     
(826 )     

9,262  
(302)
8,960  

1,253  
(21)
1,232  

(40)
(207)
(247)

Total provision for income taxes .............................................  $

11,777     $

8,211     $ 

9,945  

A  reconciliation  of  the  provision  for  income  taxes  with  amounts  determined  by  applying  the  statutory  U.S.  federal 

income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:  

Year Ended December 31,
2012 

2013

2011

Federal statutory rates ........................................................................   
Federal income tax at statutory rates ..................................................  $
Change in valuation allowance...........................................................   
State income taxes, net of federal benefit ...........................................   
Difference between federal statutory and foreign tax rate..................   
Stock option expense ..........................................................................   
Meals and entertainment ....................................................................   
Bargain purchase gain on the acquisition of ReDCo ..........................   
Change in workers' compensation liability accural related to 

ReDCo ............................................................................................   
Other...................................................................................................   
Provision for income taxes .................................................................  $
Effective income tax rate ....................................................................   

35%   
10,925     $
185      
1,198      
15      
(862)     
93      
-      

-      
223      
11,777     $
38%   

35%    
5,844      $
181        
1,436        
384        
605        
67        
-       

(372)      
66        
8,211      $
49%    

35%
9,410   
(417) 
801   
50   
619   
110   
(949) 

-  
321   
9,945   
37%

91 

  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
      
        
        
 
  
   
      
        
        
 
  
   
  
      
        
        
 
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 

liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the 
Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

Deferred tax assets: 

Net operating loss carryforwards ..............................................................................  $
Accounts receivable allowance .................................................................................   
Property and equipment depreciation ........................................................................   
Accrued items and reserves .......................................................................................   
Nonqualified stock options .......................................................................................   
Deferred rent .............................................................................................................   
Deferred financing costs ...........................................................................................   
Other .........................................................................................................................   

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Prepaids .....................................................................................................................   
Property and equipment depreciation ........................................................................   
Goodwill and intangibles amortization .....................................................................   
Other .........................................................................................................................   

Net deferred tax liabilities ................................................................................................   
Less valuation allowance .................................................................................................   
Net deferred tax liabilities ................................................................................................  $
Current deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance of $436 and $238 for 2013 and 

December 31,

2013 

2012

1,153     $
905       
797       
3,004       
1,626       
657       
-       
418       
8,560       

1,943       
4,959       
7,754       
385       
15,041       
(6,481 )     
(814 )     
(7,295 )   $

1,183  
- 
632  
1,472  
1,654  
676  
201  
431  
6,249  

1,592  
5,459  
8,893  
38  
15,982  
(9,733)
(629)
(10,362)

2012, respectively .........................................................................................................  $

2,152     $

532  

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net of valuation allowance of $378 and $391 for 

2013 and 2012, repectively ...........................................................................................   
  $

(9,447 )     
(7,295 )   $

(10,894)
(10,362)

At  December 31,  2013,  the  Company  had  approximately  $465  of  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  which 

expire in years 2019 through 2030, and $20,176 of state net operating loss carryforwards which expire as follows:   

2014 ..............................................................  $
2015 ..............................................................   
2016 ..............................................................   
2017 ..............................................................   
2018 ..............................................................   
Thereafter .....................................................   
  $

-  
240   
2,136   
1,988   
-  
15,812   
20,176   

As  a  result  of  statutory  “ownership  changes”  (as  defined  for  purposes  of  Section 382  of  the  IRC),  the  Company’s 
ability  to  utilize  its  federal  net  operating  losses  is  restricted.  Realization  is  dependent  on  generating  sufficient  taxable 
income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more 
likely  than  not  that  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized,  to  the  extent  they  are  not  covered  by  a  valuation 
allowance.  The  amount  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  considered  realizable,  however,  could  be  reduced  in  the  near  term  if 
estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced. 

The  net  change  in  the  total  valuation  allowance  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2013  was  $185.  The  valuation 
allowance includes $687 for state net operating loss carryforwards and $127 for state tax credit carryforwards for which the 
Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that these state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will 
not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. The Company will continue to assess the valuation allowance and to 
the extent it is determined that the valuation allowance should be adjusted, an appropriate adjustment will be recorded.  

92 

  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
        
 
  
   
      
        
 
  
   
  
       
  
  
 
 
    
 
 
The Company recognized certain excess tax benefits related to stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011 in the amount of $1,120, $91 and $17, respectively. Such benefits were recorded as a reduction of 
income taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in-capital and are included in “Exercise of employee stock options” 
in the accompanying statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income. 

The Company recognized a tax shortfall related to stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011 in the amount of $683, $306 and $117, respectively. This was recorded as a reduction of deferred tax assets and a 
decrease  to  additional  paid-in-capital  and  is  included  in  “Exercise  of  employee  stock  options”  in  the  accompanying 
statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income.  

The  Company  expects  none  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  to  be  recognized  during  the  next  twelve  months.  The 
Company recognizes interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized approximately $76, $8 and $3, respectively, in interest and penalties. The 
Company had approximately $84 and $16 for the payment of penalties and interest accrued as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012. A reconciliation of the liability for unrecognized income tax benefit is as follows:  

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year ...............................  $
Increase (decrease) related to prior year positions ........................   
Increase related to current year tax positions ................................   
Settlements ....................................................................................   
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year .........................................  $

2013

December 31,  
2012 

2011

254    $
82     
78     
-     
414    $

324     $ 
(104)     
58       
(24)     
254     $ 

173  
(41)
192  
- 
324  

The  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  favorably  affect  the  effective  tax  rate  in 

future periods was approximately $414 as of December 31, 2013.  

The  Company  is  subject  to  taxation  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  various  state  jurisdictions.  The  statute  of 
limitations  is  generally  three  years  for  the  United  States,  four  years  for  Canada,  and  between  eighteen  months  and  four 
years  for  the  various  states  in  which  the  Company  operates.  The  Company  is  subject  to  the  following  material  taxing 
jurisdictions:  United  States,  Canada,  California,  Florida,  New  Jersey  and  Virginia.  The  tax  years  that  remain  open  for 
examination by the United States, Florida and Virginia jurisdictions are years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 
2013; the Canada, California and New Jersey filings that remain open to examination are years ended December 31, 2009, 
2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. 

Residual  United  States  income  taxes  have  not  been  provided  on  undistributed  earnings  of  the  Company’s  foreign 
subsidiary as the foreign subsidiary had cumulative losses as of December 31, 2013. Should the foreign subsidiary have 
future cumulative earnings, these earnings will be considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision 
for United States federal and state income taxes will be provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of 
dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to both United States income taxes and withholding taxes payable to 
Canada less an adjustment for foreign tax credits.     

16.   Commitments and Contingencies  

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion 
of  management,  the  ultimate  disposition  of  these  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.  

The  Company  has  two  deferred  compensation  plans  for  management  and  highly  compensated  employees.  These 
deferred  compensation  plans  are  unfunded,  and  benefits  are  paid  from  the  general  assets  of  the  Company.  The  total  of 
participant  deferrals,  which  is  reflected  in  “Other  long-term  liabilities”  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  was 
approximately $1,485 and $1,169 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

93 

  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
           
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
17.   Transactions with Related Parties  

Upon  the  Company’s  acquisition of  Maple Services,  LLC in  August  2005,  the  Company’s  former  Chief  Executive 
Officer, former Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Executive Officer of Human Services, became members of the board of 
directors  of  the  not-for-profit  organization  (Maple  Star  Colorado,  Inc.)  formerly  managed  by  Maple  Services,  LLC.  In 
November 2012, the Company’s then Interim Chief Executive Officer and new Chief Financial Officer became members of 
Maple Star Colorado, Inc. board of directors. Maple Star Colorado, Inc. is a non-profit member organization governed by 
its board of directors and the state laws of Colorado in which it is incorporated. Maple Star Colorado, Inc. is not a federally 
tax  exempt  organization  and  neither  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  rules  governing  IRC  Section 501(c)(3)  exempt 
organizations, nor any other IRC sections applicable to tax exempt organizations, apply to this organization. The Company 
provided  management  services  to  Maple  Star  Colorado,  Inc.  under  a  management  agreement  for  consideration  in  the 
amount  of  approximately  $302,  $258  and  $249  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively. 
Amounts due to the Company from Maple Star Colorado, Inc. for management services provided to it by the Company at 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 were approximately $220 and $231, respectively. 

The Company operates a call center in Phoenix, Arizona. The building in which the call center is located is currently 
leased to the Company from VWP McDowell, LLC (“McDowell”) under a five year lease that expires in 2014. Under the 
lease  agreement,  as  amended,  the  Company  may  terminate  the  lease  with  a  six  month  prior  written  notice.  Certain 
immediate family members of Herman Schwarz, Chief Executive Officer of LogistiCare, have a partial ownership interest 
in  McDowell.  In  the  aggregate  these  family  members  own  an  approximately  13%  interest  in  McDowell  directly  and 
indirectly  through  a  trust.  For  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  expensed  approximately  $412,  $417  and  $423, 
respectively,  in  lease  payments  to  McDowell.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  due  under  the  amended  lease  total 
approximately $810 at December 31, 2013.   

18.   Quarterly Results (Unaudited)   

Quarter ended

March 31, 
2012

June 30, 
2012

September 30, 
2012 

December 31,
2012

Revenues ..........................................................  $
Operating income .............................................   
Net income .......................................................   
Earnings per share: 

Basic .............................................................  $
Diluted ..........................................................  $

260,147     $
6,593      
3,041      

278,937     $
4,370      
1,418      

280,286     $ 
4,982       
1,158       

0.23     $
0.23     $

0.11     $
0.11     $

0.09     $ 
0.09     $ 

286,519   
8,256   
2,865   

0.22   
0.22   

Revenues ..........................................................  $
Operating income .............................................   
Net income .......................................................   
Earnings per share: 

Basic .............................................................  $
Diluted ..........................................................  $

Quarter ended

March 31, 
2013

June 30, 
2013

September 30, 
2013 

December 31,
2013

281,487    $
13,105     
6,678     

287,637     $
11,453      
5,876      

276,713     $ 
7,976       
3,527       

276,845   

6,100 (1)  
3,357 (1)(2)

0.51    $
0.49    $

0.44     $
0.43     $

0.26     $ 
0.25     $ 

0.24   
0.24   

(1)  The fourth quarter of 2013 includes a charge of approximately $1,277 for severance and related payments (net of the

benefit of forfeiture of stock based compensation) for two executive officers and one key employee. 

(2)  The  tax  provision  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  included  a  favorable  tax  adjustment  for  the  tax  treatment  of  certain

equity compensation expenses resulting in a quarterly effective income tax rate of 25.8%. 

94 

  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
   
   
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
   
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.  

None.  

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures.  

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures  

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and 
procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as of 
the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  (December  31,  2013)  (“Disclosure  Controls”).  Based  upon  the  Disclosure 
Controls  evaluation,  the  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have  concluded  that  the  Disclosure 
Controls  are  effective  in  reaching  a  reasonable  level  of  assurance  that  (i) information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the 
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported 
within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii) information 
required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons 
performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

(b) Changes in internal controls  

The principal executive officer and principal financial officer also conducted an evaluation of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting (“Internal Control”) to determine whether any changes in Internal Control occurred during 
the  quarter  ended  December 31,  2013  that  have  materially  affected  or  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect 
Internal Control. Based on that evaluation, there has been no such change during the quarter ended December 31, 2013.  

(c) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls  

Control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  are  designed  to  provide  a  reasonable,  but  not  an 
absolute, level of assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must 
reflect  the fact  that  there  are resource  constraints,  and  the  benefits of  controls  must  be  considered  relative  to  their  costs. 
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in 
a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. The Company conducts 
periodic evaluations of its internal controls to enhance, where necessary, its procedures and controls.  

(d) Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is presented in Part II, Item 8, of this report and is 

hereby incorporated by reference.  

(e) Audit report of the registered public accounting firm  

The audit report of the registered public accounting firm is presented in Part II, Item 8, of this report and is hereby 

incorporated by reference.  

95 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Item 9B. 

Other Information.  

None. 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.   

PART III  

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2014 stockholder 
meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in 
an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date. 

Code of Ethics  

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our senior management, including our chief executive officer, chief 
financial  officer,  controller  and persons  performing  similar  functions.  Copies of  our  code of  ethics  are  available  without 
charge upon written request directed to Ann Mullen, Ethics Program Manager, at The Providence Service Corporation, 64 
East Broadway Blvd., Tucson, AZ, 85701.  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation.    

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2014 stockholder 
meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in 
an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.   

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2014 stockholder 
meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in 
an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.   

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2014 stockholder 
meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in 
an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.   

This Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2014 stockholder 
meeting; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2014, such information will be included in 
an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.   

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.  

(a)(1) Financial Statements  

PART IV  

The following consolidated financial statements including footnotes are included in Item 8.  

•    Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012;  

•    Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011;  

96 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
•    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; 

•    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; and  

•    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

(2) Financial Statement Schedules  

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  
 (in thousands) 

Additions

Balance at
beginning 
of 
period

Charged to
costs and 
expenses

Charged to
other 
accounts

Balance at
end of 
period

Deductions 

Year Ended December 31, 2013: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts .......................  $
Deferred tax valuation allowance ......................   

3,685    $
629     

2,991    $
185     

3,467(1)   $ 
-  

5,925 (2)  $
-  

4,218  
814  

Year Ended December 31, 2012: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts .......................  $
Deferred tax valuation allowance ......................   

5,835    $
448     

2,856    $
181     

2,741(1)   $ 
-  

7,747 (2)  $
-  

3,685  
629  

Year Ended December 31, 2011: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts .......................  $
Deferred tax valuation allowance ......................   

5,252    $
865     

3,314    $
(417)   

3,003 (1)   $ 
-  

5,734 (2)  $
-  

5,835  
448 

Notes:  
(1) Amounts  primarily  include  the  allowance  for  contractual  adjustments  related  to  our  non-emergency  transportation 
services operating segment that are recorded as adjustments to non-emergency transportation services revenue as well 
as  certain  reclassifications  within  the  “Accounts  Receivable”  line  item  of  the  consolidated  balance  sheets made  to 
conform  with  the  current  period  presentation  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  in  this  schedule  related  to  our 
correctional services business.  

(2) Write-offs, net of recoveries  

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in our financial 

statements or the related notes thereto.  

97 

   
   
         
  
  
       
  
   
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
    
  
  
   
 
 
  
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
    
   
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
    
   
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
 
    
   
   
    
  
 
 
(3) Exhibits   

Exhibit 
Number 
     3.1(1) 

Description
Second  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  The  Providence  Service  Corporation,
including  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Series  A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  as  filed  with  the 
Secretary of State of Delaware on December 9, 2011. 

     3.2(2) 

    Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Providence Service Corporation, effective March 10, 2010. 

     4.1(3) 

Convertible  Senior  Subordinated  Note  Indenture,  dated  November  13,  2007,  between  The  Providence 
Service Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

     4.2(4) 

    Form of Note (included as Exhibit A to the Indenture, listed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto). 

   4.3(5) 

Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2011, by and between The Providence
Service Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent. 

+10.1(6) 

    The Providence Service Corporation Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended. 

+10.2(7) 

    2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended. 

+10.3(8) 

    The Providence Service Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. 

+10.4(9) 

    Amended and Restated Providence Service Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan. 

  10.5(3) 

10.6(13) 

10.7(13) 

10.8(13) 

Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  November  13,  2007,  by  and  among  The  Providence  Service
Corporation and the Purchasers named therein. 

Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 2, 2013 among The Providence
Service  Corporation,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  SunTrust  Bank,  BMO  Harris  Bank,  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. 

Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of August 2, 2013 by and among The Providence Service
Corporation (including its subsidiaries) and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. 

Amended  and  Restated  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  2,  2013,  by  and  among  The  Providence
Service Corporation (including its subsidiaries) and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. 

+10.9(10) 

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  May  17,  2011  between  The  Providence  Service 
Corporation and Fred D. Furman. 

+10.10(15) 

Separation  and  General  Release  Agreement  dated  December  31,  2013  between  The  Providence  Service
Corporation and Fred D. Furman. 

+10.11(10) 

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  May  17,  2011  between  The  Providence  Service
Corporation and Craig A. Norris. 

+10.12(10) 

Employment  Agreement  dated  May  17,  2011  between  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  and  Herman
Schwarz. 

+10.13(12) 

Employment  Agreement  dated  May  7,  2013  between  The  Providence  Service  Corporation  and  Warren  S.
Rustand. 

+10.14(14) 

Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between The Providence Service Corporation and Robert
E. Wilson. 

+10.15(11)      Form of Restricted Stock Agreements, as amended. 

98 

   
   
   
   
  
     
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
   
  
  
  
+10.16(11)      Form of Stock Option Agreements. 

+10.17(11)      Form of 2011 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreements. 

+10.18(1) 

    Form of 2012 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreements. 

+10.19(12)      Form of 2013 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreements. 

   *12.1 

    Statement re Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 

   *21.1 

    Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

   *23.1 

     Consent of KPMG LLP. 

   *31.1 

     Certification pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Chief Executive Officer. 

   *31.2 

   Certification pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Chief Financial Officer. 

   *32.1 

   *32.2 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002, of the Chief Executive Officer. 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002, of the Chief Financial Officer. 

101. INS 

    XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

    XBRL Schema Document 

101.CAL 

    XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

    XBRL Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE 

    XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

    XBRL Definition Linkbase Document 

 +  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  

* 

Filed herewith 

(1)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 

31, 2011 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2012. 

(2)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 

31, 2009 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2010. 

(3)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and 

Exchange Commission on November 15, 2007. 

(4)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on November 7, 2007. 

(5)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on December 9, 2011. 

(6)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-

106286) filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on June 19, 2003. 

99 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
(7)  Incorporated  by  reference  from  an  exhibit  to  the  registrant’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 

June 30, 2005 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2005. 

(8)  Incorporated by reference from an appendix to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with

the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2011. 

(9)  Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 

31, 2009 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011. 

(10) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on May 19, 2011. 

(11) Incorporated  by  reference  from  an  exhibit  to  the  registrant’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 

March 31, 2011 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2011. 

(12) Incorporated  by  reference  from  an  exhibit  to  the  registrant’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 

March 31, 2013 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2013. 

(13) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on August 5, 2013. 

(14) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013. 

(15) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on January 1, 2014. 

100 

   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES 

THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION 

By:    /s/ WARREN S. RUSTAND 

Warren S. Rustand 
Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: March 14, 2014  

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature 

Title

Date

/S/ WARREN S. RUSTAND 
  Warren S. Rustand 

   Chief Executive Officer and Director 
   (Principal Executive Officer) 

March 14, 2014 

/S/ ROBERT E. WILSON 
Robert E. Wilson 

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal  
   Financial and Accounting Officer) 

March 14, 2014 

/S/ CHRISTOPHER SHACKELTON 
Christopher Shackelton 

   Chairman of the Board 

March 14, 2014 

/S/ RICHARD A. KERLEY 
Richard A. Kerley 

   Director 

/S/ KRISTI L. MEINTS 
  Kristi L. Meints 

   Director 

March 14, 2014 

March 14, 2014 

101 

  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
    
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
   
   
   
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
   
   
   
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
   
   
   
  
   
   
Providence Service Corporation 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 

Exhibit 12.1 

2009

For the Years 
Ended December 31, 
2011
(in thousands, except ratios) 

2012 

2010

Earnings: 

Income before income taxes and minority 

interest .............................................................  $
Fixed charges .....................................................   
Earnings  ...........................................................  $

33,293     $
31,276      
64,569     $

41,292     $
28,197      
69,489     $

26,885     $
22,583       
49,468     $

16,693     $
21,436      
38,129     $

Fixed charges: 

Interest expense .................................................  $
Interest element of rentals ..................................   
Fixed charges ....................................................  $

20,798     $
10,478      
31,276     $

16,268     $
11,929      
28,197     $

10,206     $
12,377       
22,583     $

7,640     $
13,796      
21,436     $

2013

31,560  
20,869  
52,429  

7,035  
13,834  
20,869  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges  .....................   

2.06      

2.46      

2.19       

1.78      

2.51  

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
   
 
  
     
       
       
        
       
 
     
       
       
        
       
 
  
   
      
      
       
      
  
 
 
 
 
Name of Subsidiary 

State Incorporation

Providence Community Corrections, Inc. (f/k/a Camelot Care Corporation) 

   Delaware 

EXHIBIT 21.1  

Cypress Management Services, Inc.   

Family Preservation Services, Inc.   

Family Preservation Services of Florida, Inc.   

Family Preservation Services of North Carolina, Inc.   

Family Preservation Services of West Virginia, Inc.   

Providence of Arizona, Inc.   

Providence Service Corporation of Delaware 

Providence Service Corporation of Maine 

Providence Service Corporation of Oklahoma 

Providence Service Corporation of Texas 

Rio Grande Management Company, LLC 

Family Preservation Services of Washington DC, Inc.   

Dockside Services, Inc.   

   Florida 

   Virginia 

   Florida 

   North Carolina 

   West Virginia 

   Arizona 

   Delaware 

   Maine 

   Oklahoma 

   Texas 

   Arizona 

   Dist. of Columbia 

   Indiana 

Providence Community Services, Inc. (f/k/a Pottsville Behavioral Counseling Group, Inc.) 

   Pennsylvania 

Providence Community Services, LLC 

College Community Services 

Choices Group, Inc.   

Providence Management Corporation of Florida 

Providence Service Corporation of New Jersey, Inc.   

Social Services Providers Captive Insurance Co.   

Drawbridges Counseling Services, LLC 

Oasis Comprehensive Foster Care, LLC 

Children’s Behavioral Health, Inc.   

Maple Star Nevada 

Transitional Family Services, Inc.   

AlphaCare Resources, Inc.   

   California 

   California 

   Delaware 

   Florida 

   New Jersey 

   Arizona 

   Kentucky 

   Kentucky 

   Pennsylvania 

   Nevada 

   Georgia 

   Georgia 

 
  
   
      
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Family-Based Strategies, Inc.   

A to Z In-Home Tutoring, LLC 

W. D. Management, LLC 

0798576 B.C. LTD 

PSC of Canada Exchange Corp. 

Camelot Care Centers, Inc. 

Health Trans, Inc.   

LogistiCare Solutions, LLC 

Provado Technologies, LLC 

Provado Insurance Service, Inc. 

Providence Service Corporation of Alabama 

Red Top Transportation, Inc. 

WCG International Consultants Ltd. 

AmericanWork, Inc. 

LogistiCare Solutions Independent Practice Association, LLC 

Maple Star Washington, Inc. 

Ride Plus LLC 

The ReDCo Group, Inc.  

Raystown Developmental Services, Inc.     

   Delaware 

   Nevada 

   Missouri 

   British Columbia, Canada     

   British Columbia, Canada     

   Illinois 

   Delaware 

   Delaware 

   Florida 

   South Carolina 

   Alabama 

   Florida 

   British Columbia, Canada     

   Delaware 

   New York 

   Washington 

   Delaware 

   Pennsylvania 

   Pennsylvania 

 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
      
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
      
    
    
   
      
    
    
   
      
    
    
   
      
    
   
      
    
    
   
      
   
   
  
     
   
   
  
     
   
   
  
     
   
   
  
     
   
   
  
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

The Board of Directors  
The Providence Service Corporation:  

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  registration  statement  Nos.  333-166978,  333-151079,  333-
112586, 333-117974, 333-127852, 333-135126, and 333-145843 on Form S-8 and registration statement No. 333-148092 
on Form S-3 of The Providence Service Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) of our reports dated March 14, 2014, 
with  respect  to  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which reports appear in the December 31, 2013 annual report on 
Form 10-K of the Company.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Phoenix, Arizona  
March 14, 2014 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Exhibit 31.1 

I, Warren S. Rustand, certify that:  

CERTIFICATIONS  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Providence Service Corporation;  

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and other  financial  information  included  in  this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, 
the periods presented in this report;  

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and  

5.  The  registrant’s other  certifying officer(s)  and  I have  disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 14, 2014  

/s/ Warren S. Rustand 

   Warren S. Rustand 
   Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Robert E. Wilson, certify that:  

CERTIFICATIONS  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Providence Service Corporation;  

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and other  financial  information  included  in  this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, 
the periods presented in this report;  

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and  

5.  The  registrant’s other  certifying officer(s)  and  I have  disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 14, 2014 

/s/ Robert E. Wilson 

   Robert E. Wilson 
   Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 32.1 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United 
States Code), the undersigned officer of The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify with 
respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Report”) that, to 
the best of such officer’s knowledge:  

(1)  The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section 13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results

of operations of the Company.  

Date: March 14, 2014 

/s/    Warren S. Rustand         
Warren S. Rustand 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
  
 
 
THE PROVIDENCE SERVICE CORPORATION  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 32.2 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United 
States Code), the undersigned officer of The Providence Service Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify with 
respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Report”) that, to 
the best of such officer’s knowledge:  

(1)  The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section 13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results

of operations of the Company.  

Date: March 14, 2014 

/s/    Robert E. Wilson         
Robert E. Wilson 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

Corporate  
Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE OFFICERS

Warren S. Rustand
Chief Executive Officer

Robert E. Wilson
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

Herman M. Schwarz
Chief Executive Officer,
LogistiCare

Michael-Bryant Hicks
Senior Vice President, General  
Counsel, Corporate Secretary, and  
Chief Compliance Officer

Justina Sanchez-Uzzell
Senior Vice President,  
Chief People Officer

Michael C. Fidgeon
Chief Operating Officer,
Providence Human Services

Christopher Shackelton1,2,3
Chairman of the Board
Managing Partner
Coliseum Capital Management

Richard A. Kerley1,2,3
Chief Financial Officer
Peter Piper, Inc.

Kristi L. Meints1,2,3
Retired Chief Financial Officer
Chicago Systems Group

Warren S. Rustand
Chief Executive Officer
Providence Service Corporation

1  Nominating and Corporate  

Governance Committee

2  Audit Committee

3  Compensation Committee

COMPANY HEADQUARTERS
Providence Service Corporation
64 East Broadway Boulevard
Tucson, AZ 85701
Phone: 520-747-6600/800-747-6950
Fax: 520-747-6605
Web: www.provcorp.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS
The investing public, securities analysts 
and stockholders seeking information 
about the Company should visit the 
Investor Information section of our cor-
porate website at www.provcorp.com, 
or contact Investor Relations at either 
the Company’s corporate headquarters 
or via e-mail at irinfo@provcorp.com.

COMMON STOCK
The Company’s Common Stock is  
traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market 
LLC’s Global Select Market under the 
symbol “PRSC.”

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
KPMG LLP

LEGAL COUNSEL
Paul Hastings LLP
75 East 55th Street
New York, NY 10022

TRANSFER AGENT
Computershare Investor Services, LLC
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Phone: 404-588-3654/800-568-3476

SAFE HARBOR
This annual report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 
Words such as “believe,” “demonstrate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “should” and “likely” and similar expressions 
identify forward-looking statements. In addition, statements that are not historical should also be considered forward-looking statements. 
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on those forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement 
was made. Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations that involve a number of known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual events to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-
looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the global credit crisis, capital market conditions, the implementation  
of the healthcare reform law, state budget changes and legislation and other risks detailed in Providence’s filings with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Providence is under no 
obligation to (and expressly disclaims any such obligation to) update any of the information in this document if any forward-looking 
statement later turns out to be inaccurate whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com

64 East Broadway Boulevard  
Tucson, Arizona 85701  
Phone: 520-747-6600  
www.provcorp.com

6  T REES

2 , 872  G ALLONS

192  LBS .

529  LBS .

P R E S E R V E D  F O R   

WAT E R / WA S T E WAT E R   

S O L I D  WA S T E   

T H E  F U T U R E

F L O W  S AV E D

N O T   G E N E R AT E D

A I R  E M I S S I O N S 

N O T   G E N E R AT E D

This is a greener annual report. By producing our report in this manner, Providence Service  
Corporation reduces its impact on the environment in the ways listed above.

Environmental savings calculations provided by the Environmental Paper Network (calculator.environmentalpaper.org).
FSC® is not responsible for any calculations on saving resources by choosing this paper.